JP2017086677A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of enhancing player's motivation to play a game by increasing a degree of attention to the game and interest in the game.SOLUTION: In a game machine 10, a successive hitting operation result image is displayed when a successive hitting counter 512k reaches a first predetermined prescribed value. Meanwhile, when the successive hitting counter 512k does not reach the first prescribed value, a pattern display part 341 continuously displays an image Y34 as a final successive hitting performance image. However, after that, an automatic successive hitting function automatically becomes effective when the image Y34 is displayed for at least predetermined continuous time.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 17

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine or a slot machine.

  Generally, in a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine or a slot machine, a player-participation-type production configuration that reflects the operation of an operation button by the player in the production may be employed (for example, see Patent Document 1). Specifically, the operation effect accompanied by the operation of the operation button includes a single operation effect in which the operation method is a single operation of the operation button within the operation effective period, and a continuous operation that is an intermittent operation of the operation button within the operation effective period. There are effects and long press operation effects that are long press operations of the operation buttons within the operation valid period.

JP 2013-081573 A

  By the way, as a gaming machine, it is important to improve the player's willingness to play by increasing the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game.

  An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of improving a player's willingness to play by increasing attention to the game and interest of the game.

  The gaming machine according to the present invention includes an operation means that can be operated by a player, a main control means that determines whether or not each game time is shifted to a specific game state, and a continuous operation of the operation means by the main control means. It is determined that the process for determining whether to execute the repetitive hitting operation effect process to be reflected in the effect display based on the determination result is performed for each game time, and that the repetitive operation effect process is executed by the effect determining unit. And an effect executing means capable of executing the continuous hitting effect effect processing based on the determination result by the main control means. The effect execution means adds an added value corresponding to the operation of the operation means within a preset operation effective period as an operation value in the continuous hit operation effect processing, and sequentially displays images corresponding to the operation value. When the operation value reaches a predetermined value or more set in advance, the effect result of the continuous operation effect process is displayed, and a predetermined specific image among the images is continuously set in advance. The automatic addition of the operation value is started when the images are displayed continuously for more than the time.

  ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the game machine which can raise the attention degree to a game and the interest of a game, and can improve a player's game motivation can be provided.

The perspective view which shows the structure of a gaming machine. The expanded view which shows the structure of a gaming machine. The expanded view which shows the structure of a gaming machine. The front view of the game board of a gaming machine. The block diagram which shows the system configuration | structure of a gaming machine. The figure which shows the operation example of the main control apparatus of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the figure which shows an example of the normal jackpot fluctuation table, the probability variation jackpot fluctuation table, and the deviation fluctuation table used in the gaming machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the timer interruption process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the start winning process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the main process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the timer interruption process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the operation detection process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the detection pattern determination process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the command determination process performed with a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the fluctuation | variation classification table and effect classification | category table which are used with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the single operation presentation effect process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the continuous hit operation effect process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the long press operation effect process performed with a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine. The figure which shows an example of the addition change table used with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the continuous hit operation effect process performed with a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine. The figure which shows an example of the addition change table used with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the continuous hit operation effect process performed with a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine. The figure which shows an example of the addition change table used with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the continuous hit operation effect process performed with a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the addition change table used with a game machine. The figure which shows the graph corresponding to an example of the arithmetic expression used with a game machine. The figure which shows the graph corresponding to an example of the arithmetic expression used with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the continuous hit operation effect process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the continuous hit operation effect process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the continuous hit operation effect process performed with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the single operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the single operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the single operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the single operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous strike operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous strike operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the long press operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the long press operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the long press operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The block diagram which shows an example of the system configuration | structure of a gaming machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the command determination process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the timer interruption process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the additional operation effect lottery process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the table information used with a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the notification operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the notification effect control process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the rhythm operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous strike operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the long press operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the rhythm operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous strike operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the long press operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the notification operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the rhythm operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous strike operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the long press operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the single operation effect lottery process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the special operation effect lottery process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the notification operation effect lottery process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the single operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the rhythm operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous strike operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the long press operation effect process performed with the audio | voice lamp control apparatus of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine. The figure which shows an example of the production | presentation displayed on the symbol display part of a gaming machine.

  Hereinafter, each embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings for understanding of the present invention. The following embodiments are examples embodying the present invention, and do not limit the technical scope of the present invention. In the following embodiments, description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment described first will be omitted.

[First Embodiment]
First, the gaming machine 10 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.

[Schematic configuration of gaming machine 10]
1 is an external perspective view of the gaming machine 10, FIGS. 2 and 3 are development views of the gaming machine 10, and FIG. 4 is a front view of the gaming board 31 of the gaming machine 10. FIG. Hereinafter, the front-rear, left-right, and upper-lower expressions used in the present embodiment are defined by the front-rear direction D1, the up-down direction D2, and the left-right direction D3 shown in FIGS.

  As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the gaming machine 10 is a pachinko gaming machine that includes a front frame 11, an inner frame 12, a back pack unit 13, and an outer frame 14, and is installed in an island facility (not shown) of the gaming hall. The outer frame 14 is fixed and installed in the game hall. In the present embodiment, a pachinko gaming machine will be described as an example of a gaming machine. However, other examples such as a revolving type gaming machine (slot machine), an arrangement ball gaming machine, or a ballball gaming machine are used. The present invention can also be applied to gaming machines.

  The front frame 11 can be opened and closed with respect to the outer frame 14 by the left end portion being rotatably supported by the outer frame 14. Further, the inner frame 12 can be opened and closed with respect to the front frame 11 by the left end portion being rotatably supported by the front frame 11. Further, the back pack unit 13 can be opened and closed with respect to the inner frame 12 by the left end portion being rotatably supported by the inner frame 12.

[Configuration of Front Frame 11]
As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the front frame 11 includes a firing handle 21, an operation button 22, an upper plate 23, a lower plate 24, a panel 25, a speaker 26, and an illumination unit 27.

  The launch handle 21 is a rotary handle that is operated by a player to launch a game ball. In the gaming machine 10, a basic game is performed by launching a game ball from a later-described game ball launching mechanism 32 with a strength corresponding to the amount of rotational operation of the launch handle 21 by the player. In the gaming machine 10, in a situation where the launch handle 21 is operated by the player, the game ball launching mechanism 32 is driven and controlled so that one game ball is launched toward the game area every 0.6 sec.

  The operation button 22 is an example of an operation means that can be operated by the player, and is a push button that accepts a player's pressing operation. The operation button 22 includes an operation switch 22a (see FIG. 5) that switches an input signal to the sound lamp control device 5 described later depending on whether or not the operation button 22 is pressed. As a result, the sound lamp control device 5 can determine the operation state of the operation button 22 (with and without operation). The operation button 22 is used to reflect the player's intention in the effect in various effect processes (see FIGS. 16 to 18) described later. The operation button 22 can also be used for various selection operations such as stage selection, BGM selection, or character selection related to the game of the gaming machine 10.

  In addition, the installation position of the operation button 22 is not limited to the front of the upper plate 23, and may be an arbitrary position of the front frame 11 as long as the player can operate it. Further, the number of operation buttons 22 is not limited to one and may be two or more. Furthermore, the operation switch 22a is not limited to the contact type switch and may be, for example, a piezoelectric element as long as it can be used to detect the presence or absence of an operation by the player.

  Further, instead of the operation button 22, a touch panel that displays a touch key and receives an operation of the touch key by a player may be provided as an operation unit. Further, instead of the operation buttons 22, it is conceivable that a panel 25 and a touch sensor for detecting a player's touch operation on the panel 25 are provided as operation means. In these cases, the player's operation on the touch panel or the panel 25 is reflected in the effect in various effect processes (see FIGS. 16 to 18) described later.

  The upper plate 23 is disposed below the panel 25, stores game balls paid out from a payout device 132 (see FIG. 3) of the payout mechanism 130 described later, and stores the stored game balls in one row. It is used for guiding to the game ball launching mechanism 32 in an aligned state. In addition, the lower tray 24 is provided further below the upper tray 23 and is used for storing game balls surplus in the upper tray 23.

  The panel 25 is a colorless transparent or colored transparent glass or synthetic resin that allows the player to visually recognize the game board 31 (see FIG. 2) of the inner frame 12 from the front of the gaming machine 10. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the speakers 26 are a pair of speakers provided on the left and right of the upper end portion of the front frame 11, and are used for reproducing sound at the time of production. The installation position of the speaker 26 is not limited to the upper end portion of the front frame 11. Moreover, the electrical decoration part 27 incorporates light sources, such as a display lamp or LED, and plays the role which raises production effects by lighting modes, such as lighting or blinking.

[Configuration of inner frame 12]
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the inner frame 12 includes a game board 31, a game ball launching mechanism 32, and a control unit 33. In FIG. 2, description on the board surface of the game board 31 is omitted for simplification of illustration.

  The control unit 33 includes a main control unit 331 and a sub control unit 332. In the gaming machine 10, various commands (control signals) for instructing the content of control are transmitted in one direction from the main control unit 331 to the sub-control unit 332. Details of the main control unit 331 and the sub control unit 332 will be described later.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the game board 31 includes an inner rail 311, an outer rail 312, a general winning port 313, an upper operating port 314, a lower operating port 315, a variable winning port 316, a through gate 317, an out port 318, and a variable. A display unit 34, a magnetic sensor 35, a radio wave sensor 36, and a main display unit 37 are provided.

  The inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312 are conveyance paths for sending out the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 32 toward the board surface of the game board 31. Then, after being fired from the inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312, the game balls that have not entered the general winning port 313, the upper operating port 314, the lower operating port 315, or the variable winning port 316 are discharged from the out port 318. The As described above, in the gaming machine 10, the ball is played by dropping the game ball from the upper part of the game board 31. The game board 31 is provided with a large number of game nails for distributing or adjusting the direction of the fall of the game ball on the game board 31, and is provided with an accessory such as a windmill.

  Here, the game ball launching mechanism 32 includes a firing rail 321, a ball feeding device 322, and a solenoid 323 as shown in FIG. 2. The launch rail 321 is formed from the game ball launch mechanism 32 toward the inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312 of the game board 31, and game balls launched from the game ball launch mechanism 32 are transferred to the inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312. It is a guide. The ball feeder 322 has a driving means such as a solenoid, and supplies the game balls stored in the upper plate 23 onto the firing rail 321 one by one. The solenoid 323 is a driving unit that launches the game balls supplied on the firing rail 321 toward the inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312. In the gaming machine 10, the solenoid 323 is driven and controlled in accordance with the operation of the launch handle 21 by the player, and the game ball is launched from the game ball launch mechanism 32 to the game board 31. The game ball launching mechanism 32 may be a mechanism that launches a game ball using other driving means such as a motor instead of the solenoid 323.

  Returning to the description of FIG. 4, the general winning opening 313, the upper operating opening 314, the lower operating opening 315, the variable winning opening 316, and the out opening 318 are formed with openings that penetrate the game board 31 in the front-rear direction. . On the back side of the game board 31, a ball that can individually detect a game ball entry corresponding to each of the general winning port 313, the upper operating port 314, the lower operating port 315, and the variable winning port 316. Sensors 313a, 314a, 315a, and 316a (see FIG. 5) are provided. The through gate 317 is a gate through which a game ball can pass, and has a ball entrance sensor 317a (see FIG. 5) that can individually detect the game ball passing through the through gate 317.

  The entrance sensors 313a to 317a are electrically connected to the main control unit 331, and the detection results of the entrance sensors 313a to 317a are input to the main control unit 331. Hereinafter, the detection of a game ball by the ball entering sensors 313a to 317a is also referred to as winning. The incoming sensors 313a to 317a are, for example, electromagnetic induction type proximity sensors, but may be any sensors that can individually detect incoming incoming game balls by other detection methods.

  In addition, the lower working port 315 is provided with an electric accessory 315b for switching whether or not to restrict the entry of the game ball into the lower working port 315. The electric accessory 315b is opened and closed by a driving means such as a solenoid provided on the back side of the game board 31. In the game board 31, when the electric accessory 315b is opened, it is possible to enter the game ball into the lower operation port 315, and when the electric accessory 315b is closed, the game ball is allowed to enter the lower operation port 315. Limited.

  Further, the variable prize opening 316 is provided with an opening / closing door 316b for switching whether or not the game ball is restricted to enter the variable prize opening 316. The opening / closing door 316b is opened and closed by a driving means such as a solenoid provided on the back side of the game board 31. In the game board 31, when the opening / closing door 316b is opened, it is possible to enter a game ball into the variable prize opening 316, and when the opening / closing door 316b is closed, the game ball is restricted from entering the variable prize opening 316. The

  In the gaming machine 10, when the entrance of the game ball to the upper operation port 314 or the lower operation port 315 is detected by the entrance sensor 314 a or the entrance sensor 315 a, the main control unit 331 performs a lottery lottery. . And the main control unit 331 controls the display of the main display part 37 according to a lottery result. In addition, the jackpot lottery result (determination result of whether or not to shift to the specific gaming state) by the main control unit 331 is transmitted to the sub control unit 332, and the sub control unit 332 displays the variable display unit 34 according to the lottery result. Control.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10, when the entrance of the game ball to the general winning port 313, the upper operating port 314, the lower operating port 315, and the variable winning port 316 is detected by the entering sensors 313 a to 316 a, it is set in advance. The awarded number of prize balls will be paid out. For example, the number of winning balls when entering the general winning opening 313 is 10, the number of winning balls when entering the upper operating opening 314 or the lower operating opening 315 is 3, and when entering the variable winning opening 316 Has 15 prize balls. In particular, in the gaming machine 10, when the lottery result performed in the main control unit 331 is a big hit, the state where the variable winning opening 316 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) is repeated a predetermined number of times (for example, 16 times). As a result, a large amount of prize balls are paid out, and game value is given to the player.

  The variable display unit 34 has a symbol display unit 341 such as a liquid crystal display disposed so as to be visible through an opening 31 </ b> A formed at a substantially central portion of the game board 31. The symbol display unit 341 displays a still image or a moving image, and the display content of the symbol display unit 341 is controlled by the sub-control unit 332. Specifically, in the symbol display unit 341, various symbols such as symbol variation display and effect display according to the result of the big hit lottery performed by the main control unit 331 in response to the ball entering the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315 are displayed. Is displayed. The symbol display unit 341 may be a plasma display or an organic EL display.

  For example, the symbol variation display performed in the symbol display unit 341 is performed by sequentially scrolling the main symbols having the numbers “1” to “9” in the vertical direction or the horizontal direction. It should be noted that sub-symbols indicating other characters or symbols may be displayed between the main symbols. In addition, in the symbol display unit 341, the number of reserved symbols corresponding to the number of reserved balls N that are not displayed when the game ball enters the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315 and is held, A predetermined maximum number (for example, 4) is displayed as an upper limit.

  When the symbol variation display in the symbol display unit 341 is stopped, the symbol display unit 341 displays a state in which the main symbols are arranged in one line or a plurality of lines. At this time, the stop state of the main symbol clearly indicates the result of the big hit lottery by the main control unit 331. For example, when the result of the jackpot lottery is “probable variation jackpot”, a state in which odd symbols, which are set in advance as symbols representing the probability variation jackpot, are arranged in one line (for example, “333” or “777”). ) Is displayed. On the other hand, when the result of the jackpot lottery is “ordinary jackpot”, an even number of symbols set as a symbol indicating a normal jackpot in advance among the main symbols are arranged in one line (for example, “222” or “444”). ) Is displayed. When the result of the big hit lottery is “out”, a state in which different main symbols are arranged in one line (for example, “323” or “727”) is displayed.

  The magnet sensor 35 is provided around the upper working port 314 and on the back side of the game board 24. The magnet sensor 35 is electrically connected to the main control unit 331, and the detection result of the magnet sensor 35 is input to the main control unit 331. As a result, when an act of illegally guiding the game ball to the upper working port 314 using a magnet is performed, the cheating can be detected.

  The radio wave sensor 36 is provided around the upper operation port 314 and the lower operation port 315 and on the back side of the game board 24. The radio wave sensor 36 is electrically connected to the main control unit 331, and the detection result of the radio wave sensor 36 is input to the main control unit 331. As a result, when an act of illegally inputting a radio wave to the detection sensor 314a or the detection sensor 315a and erroneously detecting the entrance of a game ball is performed, the cheating can be detected. The radio wave sensor 36 can detect radio waves of 50 MHz to 3 GHz, for example.

  The main display unit 37 includes a plurality of LEDs and two 7-segment displays arranged on the upper right part of the game board 31 and is used to display the gaming state of the gaming machine 10. For example, in the main display unit 37, the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 (for example, probability change, time shortening, or normal), the number of reserved balls N of the symbol variation display generated by entering the upper operation port 114 and the lower operation port 115, etc. Is displayed by the lighting pattern of the plurality of LEDs. Further, in the main display unit 37, one of the seven segment indicators displays a variation of the symbol triggered by a winning to the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315, and the result of the big hit lottery in the main control unit 331 is displayed. Stop at the corresponding symbol. On the other hand, on the other 7-segment display, a symbol variation display is performed with a winning to the through gate 317 as a trigger, and a symbol corresponding to the result of the big hit lottery in the main control unit 331 is displayed.

[Back pack unit 13]
As shown in FIG. 3, the back pack unit 13 includes a payout mechanism 130 and a peripheral control unit 140.

  The payout mechanism 130 includes a tank 131 that stores ball game balls supplied from an island facility (not shown) of the game hall, and a payout device 132 that pays out game balls from the tank 131 toward the upper plate 23. When the game balls on the upper plate 23 are saturated, the game balls paid out from the payout device 132 are paid out to the lower plate 24.

  The peripheral control unit 140 includes a payout control device 7, a launch control device 8, and a power supply control device 9 (see FIG. 5). The payout control device 7 controls the number of game balls to be paid out by the payout device 132. The launch control device 8 controls the game ball launch mechanism 32 according to the operation of the launch handle 21. The power supply control device 9 converts power supplied from an island facility (not shown) to which the gaming machine 10 is connected into a predetermined voltage level and supplies it to various control devices and various driving means provided in the gaming machine 10. To do.

[System configuration of gaming machine 10]
Next, the system configuration of the gaming machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG.

[Main control unit 331]
The main control unit 331 includes a main control device 4 (an example of main control means) that executes main control of games in the gaming machine 10. The main control device 4 is equipped with an MPU 41, an input / output I / F 42, and the like. The MPU 41 is an arithmetic unit configured as a one-chip microcomputer. The MPU 41 includes a ROM 411 and a RAM 412.

  The input / output I / F 42 is an input / output interface that inputs various signals to the main control device 4 and outputs control signals from the main control device 4. In addition, the input / output I / F 42 is also connected to ball-entry sensors 313a to 317a, a magnet sensor 35, a radio wave sensor 36, and the like. Then, the MPU 41 determines whether or not there is a ball entering the general winning port 313, the upper operating port 314, the lower operating port 315, the variable winning port 316, and the through gate 317 based on detection signals from the ball sensors 313 a to 317 a. To do. Further, the MPU 41 determines the presence or absence of fraudulent acts using magnets or radio waves based on detection signals from the magnet sensor 35 and the radio wave sensor 36. Furthermore, an audio lamp control device 5, a payout control device 7, a launch control device 8, a power supply control device 9, and the like are connected to the input / output I / F 42.

  Then, the MPU 41 outputs various commands such as a variation pattern command, a held ball number command, a jackpot start command, and a jackpot end command to the sound lamp control device 5. The variation pattern command is a command that indicates the result of the big hit lottery and the variation display time, and is information stored in a later-described hold storage area 412b when the variation display by the symbol display unit 341 and the main display unit 37 is started. And is output to the sound lamp control device 5. The reserved ball number command is output to the voice lamp control device 5 in order to notify the reserved ball number N when a change occurs in the held ball number N stored in a later-described hold storage area 412b. The jackpot start command is output to the sound lamp control device 5 when shifting to the jackpot state. The jackpot end command is output to the sound lamp control device 5 when the jackpot state ends.

  The main controller 4 is also equipped with an oscillation circuit, a frequency dividing circuit, and the like as means for supplying an operation clock to the MPU 41. The oscillation circuit outputs a clock signal having a predetermined frequency, and the frequency dividing circuit changes the frequency of the clock signal output from the oscillation circuit and inputs it to the MPU 41. Specifically, the execution cycle of a later-described timer interrupt process (see FIG. 8) executed by the MPU 41 is determined by a clock signal output from the frequency divider circuit.

  In this embodiment, a clock signal is supplied from the frequency divider circuit to the MPU 41 at a preset interval of 4 msec, and the MPU 41 performs a timer interrupt process described later each time the clock signal rises (or falls). It shall be up and running. Note that the oscillation circuit and the frequency dividing circuit are mounted on the sub control unit 332 and the peripheral control unit 140 as necessary, and supply operation clocks of various control entities in the sub control unit 332 and the peripheral control unit 140. Further, a clock signal may be supplied from the main control unit 331 to the sub control unit 332 and the peripheral control unit 140.

  The ROM 411 is a nonvolatile storage unit in which various control programs and various parameter information are stored in advance. The RAM 412 is a volatile storage unit that can read and write various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area (working area) for various processes executed by the MPU 41. The RAM 412 may be a nonvolatile storage unit.

  Here, an electrical configuration for the MPU 41 of the main control device 4 of the gaming machine 10 to perform a big win lottery or the like will be described with reference to FIG. The MPU 41 uses the various counter information stored in the RAM 412 at the time of the game to execute the big hit lottery and the setting of the variable display time. FIG. 6 is a diagram schematically showing the configuration of the storage area of the RAM 412.

  As shown in FIG. 6, the RAM 412 has storage areas corresponding to the lottery counter 412a, the reserved storage area 412b, and the electric utility reserved area 412c.

  The lottery counter 412a includes a jackpot random number counter C1 used for lottery generation, a jackpot type counter C2 used for determining the jackpot type, and a reach random number counter C3 used for determining the outage type. included. Further, the lottery counter 412a includes a random number initial value counter CIN1 used for setting an initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a variation type counter CS1 for determining the variation display time in the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341. It is. Further, the lottery counter 412a includes an electric combination release counter C4 used for lottery of whether or not the electric combination 315b of the lower operation port 315 is set in the electric combination open state. Hereinafter, when these plural types of counters are collectively described, they are simply referred to as counters.

  The counters C1 to C4, CIN1, and CS1 are used as loop counters in which 1 is added to the previous value at a short time interval by the MPU 41 and the value returns to 0 after reaching a preset maximum value. The updated values are recorded in the counters C1 to C4, CIN1, and CS1, and are referred to by the MPU 41 when the big hit lottery and the change table time are set.

  The holding storage area 412b includes a holding area RE including a first holding area RE1, a second holding area RE2, a third holding area RE3, and a fourth holding area RE4, and an execution area AE. Then, when a winning to the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315 occurs, information corresponding to the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 stored in the RAM 412 is held information. And stored in one of the first reserved area RE1 to the fourth reserved area RE4 of the reserved area RE. The execution area AE is an area for moving each value stored in the first holding area RE1 of the holding area RE when starting the variable display of the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341. At the start of the game, a big win lottery or the like is performed based on various numerical information stored in the execution area AE.

  The jackpot random number counter C1 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 738, for example, and is returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CIN1 at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CIN1 is a loop counter that is updated within the same range (0 to 738) as the jackpot random number counter C1. The big hit random number counter C1 is periodically updated and stored in the holding storage area 412b at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 314 or the lower operation port 315.

  Two types of random probability values for winning a jackpot are set in a low probability mode (normal mode) and a high probability mode (probability variation mode) according to the success / failure table stored in the success / failure table storage area in the ROM 411. For example, the number of random numbers that win the jackpot in the low probability mode is 2 (373, 727), and the number of random numbers that win the jackpot in the high probability mode is 13 (59, 109, 163, 211, 263, 317). 367, 421, 479, 523, 631, 683, 733). Note that if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is other than the random number value for winning the jackpot, the result of the jackpot lottery is lost.

  The jackpot type counter C2 is incremented by 1 within the range of 0 to 4, and is returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The big hit type counter C2 is periodically updated, and stored in the holding storage area 412b at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 314 or the lower operation port 315. As random number values for the big hit type counter C2, two types of hit types, ie, probable big hit and normal big hit, are set by the distribution table stored in the distribution table storage area in the ROM 411. For example, the number of random numbers that are probable big hits is three (1, 2, 3), and the number of random numbers that usually become big hits is two (0, 4).

  Then, when the MPU 41 determines the variation mode by the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341, the lottery result is based on the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE. ”,“ Ordinary jackpot ”, or“ off ”.

  The reach random number counter C3 is incremented one by one in the range of 0 to 238, for example, and is returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated and stored in the holding storage area 412b at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 314 or the lower operation port 315.

  Specifically, in the gaming machine 10, the variable display stop type displayed on the symbol display unit 341 is selected by the reach random number counter C <b> 3 when the result of the big hit lottery is off. The stop type at the time of detachment is “rearward / rearward reach” (for example, a range of 0 to 8) in which the final stop symbol is shifted by one before and after the reach symbol after the reach has occurred. Three stoppages (“reach other than front / rear out”) (for example, in the range of 9 to 38) where the final stop symbol is stopped before or after the reach symbol, and “complete out” (for example, in the range of 39 to 238) where no reach occurs (for example, in the range of 39 to 238). Production) pattern. The reach random number counter C3 is included in a held ball number command to be described later and transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5. The voice lamp control device 5 displays the fluctuation display on the symbol display unit 341 at the time of release based on the reach random number counter C3. To control.

  For example, the electric accessory release counter C4 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 250, and is returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated and stored in the electric combination reservation area 412c in the RAM 412 at the timing when a game ball wins the through gate 317. Then, at a predetermined timing, a lottery is performed as to whether or not the electric accessory 315b is opened according to the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 stored in the electric utility reservation area 412c.

  The variation type counter CS1 is incremented one by one in the range of 0 to 198, for example, and is returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Specifically, the fluctuation type counter CS1 determines a rough fluctuation type such as so-called normal reach, special reach, and super reach. The variation type counter CS1 is updated once every time a main process described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the main process.

  Then, the MPU 41 determines a variation pattern indicating the variation display time based on the variation type counter CS1 and a preset variation table when the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341 determine the variation mode. Specifically, the MPU 41 specifies the type of the variation pattern while referring to a normal jackpot variation table, a probability variation jackpot variation table, or an outlier variation table stored in advance in the ROM 411. Note that these variation tables are individually provided for each of the low probability mode and the high probability mode.

  FIG. 7A, FIG. 7B, and FIG. 7C are diagrams showing examples of a normal jackpot variation table, a probability variation jackpot variation table, and an outlier variation table. As shown in FIG. 7, in the normal jackpot variation table, the probability variation jackpot variation table, and the outlier variation table, variation patterns are associated in advance according to the value of the variation type counter CS1. When the lottery result is “ordinary jackpot”, the MPU 41 is a normal jackpot fluctuation table, when the lottery result is “probable variation jackpot”, the probability variation jackpot fluctuation table, and when the lottery result is “out”, the deviation fluctuation table. , Respectively, to identify the type of variation pattern.

  More specifically, in the normal jackpot variation table and the probability variation jackpot variation table, one of the variation patterns “01” to “03” is selected according to the value of the variation type counter CS1. Here, when the variation pattern “01” is selected, the symbol display unit 341 executes variation display in a normal reach manner in which the variation display time is 30 s. When the variation pattern “02” is selected, the symbol display unit 341 displays the variation in a special reach mode in which the variation display time is 45 s and the operation of the operation button 22 by the player can be reflected in the effect contents. Is executed. Further, when the variation pattern “03” is selected, the symbol display unit 341 performs the variation display in a super reach manner in which the variation display time is 60 s. Note that the types of variation patterns are not limited to these, and premium reach, for example, is an example of variation patterns.

  In the gaming machine 10, a plurality of types of normal reach having different characters or stories are prepared as the normal reach corresponding to the variation pattern “01”, and any one of the normal reach selected from the normal reach is executed.

  Similarly, in the gaming machine 10, as a special reach corresponding to the variation pattern “02”, a plurality of types of special reach having different characters, stories, operation methods, and the like are prepared, and any of the special reach selected from the special reach is selected. Outreach is executed. Specifically, for special reach, a single operation effect that requires a single operation of the operation button 22, a continuous operation effect that requires a continuous operation of the operation button 22, and a long press operation of the operation button 22 are required. Includes push operation effects. These various effects will be described later.

  Furthermore, in the gaming machine 10, as the super reach corresponding to the variation pattern “03”, a plurality of types of super reach having different characters and stories are prepared, and any one of the special reach selected from them is executed. Is done. Super reach is a reach that has a longer variation time than normal reach and special reach, and includes, for example, reach that develops from normal reach, and reach that involves operation of operation buttons 22 similar to special reach.

  On the other hand, in the deviation fluctuation table, the correspondence between the fluctuation type counter CS1 and the fluctuation pattern according to the stop type at the time of deviation determined by the value of the reach random number counter C3 (front / rear deviation reach, reach other than front / rear deviation, complete deviation). Is stipulated. More specifically, when the stop type at the time of departure is reach back and forth reach or reach other than back and forth, any of the variation patterns “01” to “03” is selected according to the value of the variation type counter CS1. . On the other hand, when the stop type at the time of departure is completely out of the range, either the variation pattern “04” or “05” is selected according to the value of the variation type counter CS1.

  In the gaming machine 10, the variable display is executed in the form of a deviating pattern in which the variable display is deviated without a notice effect or the like and the stop pattern corresponding to the variation pattern “04” is stopped without a notice effect. In addition, as the stop type at the time of departure corresponding to the variation pattern “05”, the variation display is executed in a manner of a deviating pattern in which the variation display comes off with a notice effect or the like and stops at the symbol.

  When the MPU 41 specifies the variation pattern indicating the variation display time by the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341, the MPU 41 inputs the variation pattern and the variation pattern command indicating the lottery result to the sound lamp control device 5. Specifically, when the lottery result is “ordinary jackpot”, the MPU 41 outputs one of the variation patterns “A01” to “A03” with “A” added before the variation pattern. In the case of “big hit”, one of the variation patterns “B01” to “B03” with “B” added before the variation pattern is output. If the lottery result is “out”, one of the variation patterns “C01” to “C05” with “C” added before the variation pattern is output. Thereby, the voice lamp control device 5 can determine the lottery result and the fluctuation display time based on the fluctuation pattern command, and is displayed on the symbol display unit 341 based on the lottery result and the fluctuation display time. The details of the variation mode such as the variation type and the production type are determined. Then, the sound lamp control device 5 causes the symbol display unit 341 to perform variable display based on the details of the determined variation mode, reproduces sound from the speaker 26 in accordance with the variable display, and lights and blinks the illumination unit 27. Let

  Therefore, in the gaming machine 10, the MPU 41 of the main control device 4 performs only a simple process for determining only the variation pattern (variation display time) based on the variation type counter CS1 and the variation table for the variation display in the symbol display unit 341. Will be executed. Therefore, even in the gaming machine 10 in which the MPU 41 is composed of an 8-bit microcomputer, the big hit lottery can be executed stably. In addition, since the details of the variation mode actually displayed on the symbol display unit 341 are determined by the sound lamp control device 5, it is possible to selectively execute various variation modes as the variation mode.

[Sub-control unit 332]
As shown in FIG. 5, the sub control unit 332 includes an audio lamp control device 5 and a display control device 6. The sound lamp control device 5 and the display control device 6 are mounted on individual or the same control board provided in the sub-control unit 332.

[Audio lamp control device 5]
The sound lamp control device 5 includes an MPU 51, an input / output I / F 52, and the like. The MPU 51 is an arithmetic unit configured as a one-chip microcomputer. The MPU 51 includes a ROM 511 and a RAM 512.

  The ROM 511 is a nonvolatile storage unit in which various control programs and various parameter information are stored in advance. The ROM 511 also stores information such as sound used for various effects or lamp lighting patterns. The RAM 512 is a volatile storage unit that can read and write various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area (working area) for various processes executed by the MPU 51. Note that the RAM 512 may be a nonvolatile storage unit.

  The sound lamp control device 5 executes processing according to the control program stored in the ROM 511 by the MPU 51, so that the display control device 6 is based on various commands (control signals) input from the main control device 4. A control signal is input to control the display of the symbol display unit 341. For example, the MPU 51 reflects the operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation effective period on the effect display based on the result of the jackpot lottery (determination result) by the MPU 41, the repeated operation effect, and the long press operation effect. Whether or not execution is performed is determined. In addition, the MPU 51 executes one or a plurality of operation effects determined to be executed based on the result of the jackpot lottery (determination result) by the MPU 41. Here, the MPU 51 is an example of an effect determination unit and an effect execution unit.

  The input / output I / F 52 is an input / output interface that inputs various signals to the sound lamp control device 5 and outputs control signals from the sound lamp control device 5. Specifically, the main control device 4 and the display control device 6 are connected to the input / output I / F 52. Then, various commands such as a variation pattern command, a held ball number command, a jackpot start command, and a jackpot end command are input from the main control device 4 to the sound lamp control device 5. A configuration in which the display control device 6 receives various commands from the main control device 4 and inputs the various commands to the sound lamp control device 5 is also conceivable as another embodiment. In addition, a configuration in which the sub control unit 332 includes one control device having both functions of the sound lamp control device 5 and the display control device 6 is also conceivable as another embodiment. For example, it is conceivable that the sub-control unit 332 includes one MPU, and the MPU executes the same processing as the MPU 51 and the MPU 61 of the audio lamp control device 5 and the display control device 6 in parallel by time division processing or the like.

  The input / output I / F 52 is connected to a speaker 26 and an electrical decoration unit 27. In the sound lamp control device 5, the MPU 51 can control the sound output from the speaker 26, the lighting mode of the illumination unit 27, and the like based on various commands input from the main control device 4. It is. Further, the MPU 51 can also control the sound output from the speaker 26 and the lighting mode of the lighting unit 27 based on the operation of the operation button 22.

  The MPU 51 executes predetermined arithmetic processing based on various commands such as a variation pattern command, a holding ball number command, a jackpot start command, and a jackpot end command input from the main control device 4.

  Specifically, when a variation pattern command is input, the MPU 51 determines a variation pattern based on the variation pattern command, transmits a display variation pattern command corresponding to the variation pattern to the display control device 6, and performs symbol variation. The variable display on the display unit 341 is started. Thereafter, the MPU 51 transmits a variation stop command to the display control device 6 to stop the variation display in the symbol variation display unit 341 at the variation display time corresponding to the variation pattern command, and the lottery result indicated by the variation pattern command The stop symbol corresponding to is displayed. At this time, in the symbol variation display unit 341, when the variation pattern command indicates a deviation, a symbol combination corresponding to the deviation is displayed. On the other hand, when the variation pattern command indicates a normal jackpot, the symbol combination corresponding to the normal jackpot is displayed, and when the variation pattern command indicates the probability variation jackpot, the symbol combination corresponding to the probability variation jackpot is displayed.

  Further, the MPU 51 can reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect displayed on the symbol variation display unit 341. Specifically, the MPU 51 uses various storage areas, flags, counters, and the like provided in the ROM 511 and the RAM 512 in order to execute display control of the symbol display unit 341.

  The ROM 511 is a nonvolatile storage unit in which various control programs and various parameter information are stored in advance. The ROM 511 stores various table information such as a variation type table 511a, an effect type table 511b, a single operation table 511c, a continuous operation table 511d, and a long press operation table 511e. The table information is used to specify the details of the effect contents in the variation display when the variation display in the symbol display unit 341 is started based on the variation pattern command input from the main control device 4.

  The RAM 512 is a volatile storage unit that can read and write various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area for various processes executed by the MPU 51. In the RAM 512, a first detection flag 512a, a second detection flag 512b, a third detection flag 512c, a first pattern flag 512d, a second pattern flag 512e, a third pattern flag 512f, a single effect flag 512g, a continuous hit effect flag 512h, A long press effect flag 512i, a continuous hit counter 512k, a long press counter 512m, a reception start flag 512n, an effect type counter 512p, and the like are stored. These various flags and counters are used in various operation effect processes (see FIGS. 16 to 18) described later that involve operation of the operation button 22.

[Display control device 6]
The display control device 6 controls the display of the symbol display unit 341 based on various commands (control signals) input from the sound lamp control device 5. Specifically, the display control device 6 controls the display of the symbol display unit 341 based on the display variation pattern command input from the sound lamp control device 5 to execute symbol variation and effect display.

  The display control device 6 includes an MPU 61, an input / output I / F 62, and the like, and the audio lamp control device 5 and the symbol display unit 341 are connected to the input / output I / F 62. The voice lamp control device 5 and the display control device 6 may be capable of bidirectional communication.

  The MPU 61 is an arithmetic unit configured as a one-chip microcomputer, and the MPU 61 includes a ROM 611 and a RAM 612. The display control device 6 also incorporates various circuits such as a timer circuit that measures time and an interrupt circuit that receives an interrupt.

  In addition to various control programs, the ROM 611 stores a variable symbol displayed on the symbol display unit 341, a reach effect image, a jackpot effect image, a notice character image, and the like. Each image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 includes a still image or a moving image. The RAM 612 is a volatile storage unit that can read and write various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area (working area) for various processes executed by the MPU 61. Note that the RAM 612 may be a nonvolatile storage unit.

[Discharge Control Device 7]
The payout control device 7 includes an MPU 71 and an input / output I / F 72. The MPU 71 is an arithmetic unit configured as a one-chip microcomputer. The MPU 71 includes a ROM 711 and a RAM 712.

  The ROM 711 is a nonvolatile storage unit in which various control programs and various parameter information are stored in advance. The RAM 712 is a volatile storage unit that can read and write various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area (working area) for various processes executed by the MPU 71. Note that the RAM 712 may be a nonvolatile storage unit.

  The input / output I / F 72 is an input / output interface that inputs various signals to the payout control device 7 and outputs control signals from the payout control device 7. Specifically, the payout device 132 and the ball lending device 100 are connected to the input / output I / F 72.

  As described above, the payout device 132 pays out game balls from the tank 131 toward the upper plate 23, and a driving unit 132a such as a motor for driving a ball stop member that switches whether or not the game balls are paid out; A payout sensor 132b for individually detecting the game balls to be paid out. The payout control device 7 pays out an arbitrary number of game balls by controlling the drive unit 132a based on the detection result by the payout sensor 132b. Further, the dispensing control device 7 is provided with a state return switch 73. The state return switch 73 is operated, for example, in order to eliminate ball clogging (return to a normal state) when a payout error occurs such as a ball clogging of the payout device 132.

  The ball lending device 100 is installed in the island facility in the same manner as the gaming machine 10. Then, the ball lending device 100 determines the amount stored in the card inserted in the ball lending device 100 according to the operation of a ball lending operation device (not shown) provided on the front frame 11 of the gaming machine 10. A corresponding number of game balls can be paid out and lent to the player. Specifically, when a control signal for paying out a predetermined number of game balls is input from the ball lending device 100 to the payout control device 7, the payout device 132 is controlled by the MPU 71 so that a predetermined number of game balls are received. To be paid out. The recording medium in which the amount is stored is not limited to a card, and may be, for example, a coin-type storage medium incorporating an IC chip. The ball lending device 100 may be capable of lending a predetermined number of game balls according to the cash by inserting the cash.

[Launch control device 8]
The launch control device 8 includes a launch control IC 81 that controls the driving of the game ball launch mechanism 32. Specifically, the launch control IC 81 drives the ball feeding device 322 of the game ball launch mechanism 32 while the launch handle 21 is being rotated, thereby playing the game balls stored in the upper plate 23 into the launch rail 321. Feed on top. Then, the launch control IC 81 detects the operation amount of the launch handle 21 and drives the solenoid 323 of the game ball launch mechanism 32 in accordance with the operation amount, thereby directing the game ball on the launch rail 321 toward the game board 31. To fire. At this time, the launch control IC 81 drives the ball feeding device 322 and the solenoid 323 using a clock signal that is switched ON / OFF at a preset period (for example, 0.6 sec) as a drive signal. Thereby, in the gaming machine 10, one game ball is launched toward the game area every 0.6 sec.

  Further, the firing handle 21 is provided with a variable resistor for detecting the amount of rotation operation by the player, and a voltage is input to the firing control IC 81 according to the amount of rotation operation of the firing handle 21. As a result, the launch control IC 81 determines that the launch intensity of the game ball from the game ball launching mechanism 32 increases as the rotary operation amount of the launch handle 21 increases, based on the voltage value input according to the rotational operation amount of the launch handle 21. The applied voltage to the solenoid 323 is adjusted so as to increase.

  Further, the launch handle 21 includes a touch sensor 21a for detecting that the player is touching the launch handle 21, and a ball stop switch 21b for performing an operation for the player to arbitrarily stop the launch of the game ball. Is provided. The firing control IC 81 uses the touch sensor 21a and the ball stop switch 21b to detect that the player is not touching the launch handle 21 by the touch sensor 21a, or the ball stop switch 21b is operated by the player. When this is detected, the game ball launching mechanism 32 stops firing the game ball. Thereby, for example, the shooting handle 21 is fixed in a rotated state, and a game in a situation where the player is not touching the shooting handle 21 is prevented. Further, the player can arbitrarily stop the launch of the ball game ball by operating the ball stop switch 21b with the thumb or the like while rotating the launch handle 21.

[Power supply control device 9]
The power supply control device 9 generates a + 12V voltage for driving various sensors and driving units, a + 5V voltage for logic used in various control devices, and the like. The power supply control device 9 supplies the generated + 12V or + 5V voltage to the main control device 4, the audio lamp control device 5, the display control device 6, the payout control device 7, the launch control device 8, and the like.

  The power supply control device 9 is provided with a power switch 91 for turning on / off the gaming machine 10 and a RAM erasing switch 92 operated when returning the gaming machine 10 to the initial state. The gaming machine 10 is initialized when the power switch 91 is operated and the power is turned on while the RAM erase switch 92 is ON.

  In addition, the power supply control device 9 is provided with a capacitor and a secondary battery as charging means that is charged by the power supplied from the power supply facility. Thereby, in the gaming machine 10, even when the power supply from the power supply facility is cut off, the information in the RAM provided in the various control devices is held for a predetermined period by the power discharged from the capacitor. Further, in the gaming machine 10, even when the power supply from the power supply facility is cut off, various control devices can be driven for a predetermined period by the power discharged from the secondary battery.

  Furthermore, the power supply control device 9 inputs a power failure signal to the main control device 4, the sound lamp control device 5, the payout control device 7 and the like when it is determined that the power supply is cut off. For example, when the power supply control device 9 outputs a preset 24V DC voltage based on the power supplied from the power supply facility, the power supply control device 9 is in a power outage state when the DC voltage reaches less than the preset 22V. Judge. When the main control device 4, the audio lamp control device 5, the payout control device 7 and the like receive a power failure signal from the power supply control device 9, the control being executed is interrupted and a predetermined NMI interrupt process is executed.

[Process of main controller 4]
Next, various processes executed by the MPU 41 of the main control device 4 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. Specifically, in the gaming machine 10, the MPU 41 is executed at the time of power-on startup processing, main processing executed after the startup processing, periodically started timer interruption processing, and power failure. NMI interrupt processing and the like are executed. In the present embodiment, description of the startup process and the NMI interrupt process is omitted.

[Timer interrupt processing of main controller 4]

  FIG. 8 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the procedure of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 41. The MPU 41 activates and executes the timer interrupt process every 2 msec, for example.

<Step S701>
First, in step S701, a sensor detection process for determining detection states of various sensors or switches connected to the main control device 4 is executed. For example, the detection states of the entrance sensors 313a to 317a, the magnetic sensor 35, the radio wave sensor 36, and the like are determined. At this time, if a game ball has entered any one of the ball sensors 313a to 317a, the information is stored in the RAM 412 as winning detection information.

<Step S702>
In step S702, the random number initial value counter CIN1 is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CIN1 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0.

<Step S703>
Subsequently, in step S703, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are updated. Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are each incremented by 1, and when these counter values reach the maximum value, the counter value is set to 0. To clear.

<Steps S704 to S705>
Thereafter, in step S704, a start winning process (see FIG. 9), which will be described later, associated with winning in the upper working port 314 or the lower working port 315 is executed. In step S705, after executing the firing control process, the timer interrupt is performed. End the process.

  In the launch control process, the touch sensor 21a detects that the player is touching the launch handle 21, and the ball stop switch 21b for stopping the launch is not operated. This is a process to enable launching. In addition, when the touch sensor 21a detects that the player is not touching the launch handle 21 or when the ball stop switch 21b is operated, the launch control process invalidates the launch of the game ball. It is a process to make. The MPU 41 instructs the launch control device 8 to launch a game ball when the game ball launch is valid.

[Start-up winning process of main controller 4]
Here, the start winning process executed by the MPU 41 in step S704 will be described with reference to FIG.

<Step S801>
First, in step S801, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won a prize in one of the upper operation port 314 and the lower operation port 315. If it is determined that the game ball has won the upper working port 314 or the lower working port 315 (S801: Yes), the process proceeds to step S802, and the game ball wins the upper working port 314 or the lower working port 315. If it is determined that it is not (S801: No), the start winning process is terminated.

<Steps S802 to S803>
In step S802, it is determined whether or not the number N of retained balls stored in the number-of-holds storage area NA of the RAM 412 is less than the upper limit value (4 in the present embodiment). Here, if the number of reserved balls N is less than the upper limit (S802: Yes), the process proceeds to step S803, and 1 is added to the number of reserved balls N. On the other hand, if the number of reserved balls N is equal to or greater than the upper limit (S802: No), the start winning process is terminated.

<Step S804>
In step S804, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S703 (see FIG. 8) are used as the first area among the free reserved areas in the reserved storage area 412b in the RAM 412. And the start winning process is terminated.

[Main processing of main controller 4]
Next, the main process executed by the MPU 41 will be described with reference to FIG. In the main process, the main control process of the game is executed. In the main process, the processes in steps S901 to S906 are executed as a periodic process with a period of 4 msec, and the counter update process in steps S908 and S909 is executed with the remaining time.

<Step S901>
First, in step S901, external output processing for transmitting output data such as commands set in the timer interrupt processing or the previous main processing to each control device on the sub side is executed. Specifically, the presence / absence of the winning detection information in the RAM 412 is determined, and if there is the winning detection information, a prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 7.

<Step S902>
Next, in step S902, the value of the variation type counter CS1 is updated. Specifically, the variation type counter CS1 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0.

<Step S903>
Thereafter, in step S903, a prize ball command to be output to the payout control device 7 is set. Specifically, based on the winning detection information stored in the RAM 412, it is determined whether or not a winning has occurred at the general winning opening 313 or the like. If a winning has occurred, a winning ball command indicating the number of winning balls to be paid out is set according to the winning.

<Step S904>
In step S904, a game time control process for controlling a game in each game time is executed. In the game times control process, the aforementioned jackpot lottery is executed, and a variation pattern command necessary for symbol variation display by the symbol display unit 341 is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5. At this time, the MPU 41, based on the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S703 (see FIG. 8), and the variation type counter CS1 updated in step S909, A variation pattern command indicating the variation display time and the lottery result is set, and the variation pattern command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5.

<Step S905>
Next, in step S905, a game state transition process for shifting the game state based on the result of the big hit lottery in step S904 is executed. In the gaming state transition process, the gaming state is shifted to an opening / closing execution mode, a high probability mode, a low probability mode, a high frequency support mode, or the like. For example, in the opening / closing execution mode, the maximum opening time of the opening / closing door 316b of the variable winning opening 316 elapses after the opening / closing door 316b of the variable winning opening 316 is opened, or a predetermined number of game balls win the variable winning opening 316. When one of the above conditions is satisfied, the opening / closing process of one round for closing the opening / closing door 316b of the variable prize opening 316 is repeatedly performed a predetermined number of rounds.

<Step S906>
Subsequently, in step S906, display control processing of the 7-segment display of the main display unit 37 is executed. In the display control process, on the condition that the game ball has passed through the through gate 317, the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 is acquired at the timing of passing, and one of the seven segment displays in the main display unit 37 Symbol variation display is performed. Then, when a symbol lottery is performed based on the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 and the symbol hit state, the electric accessory 315b attached to the lower working port 315 is opened for a predetermined time. Further, in the other 7-segment display in the main display unit 37, the change display is executed only during the change display time corresponding to the change pattern command, and the change display stops at the symbol indicating the lottery result.

<Step S907>
In step S907, it is determined whether or not the next main process execution timing has arrived, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed since the start of the previous main process. If it is determined that the execution timing of the next main process has arrived (S907: Yes), the process proceeds to step S901, and the above-described processes after S901 are repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if it is determined that the next main process execution timing has not arrived (S907: No), the next main process execution timing is reached, that is, until the next main process execution timing is reached. During the remaining time, step S908 and step S909 are repeatedly executed.

<Step S908>
In step S908, the random number initial value counter CIN1 is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CIN1 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0.

<Step S909>
In step S909, the variation type counter CS1 is updated. Specifically, the variation type counter CS1 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0. Then, after updating the variation type counter CS1, the process returns to step S907.

[Processing of voice lamp control device 5]
Next, various processes executed by the MPU 51 in the sound lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIGS.

  In addition, it is also conceivable as another embodiment that part or all of the processing executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 in this embodiment is executed by the MPU 61 of the display control device 6. In this case, by inputting various commands from the MPU 61 of the display control device 6 to the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5, the reproduction sound from the speaker 26 by the MPU 51 and the lighting mode of the lighting unit 27 are controlled. It will be. In the sound lamp control device 5, the MPU 51 also executes control processing for the speaker 26 and the illumination unit 27, start-up processing at the time of start-up of the sound lamp control device 5, NMI interruption processing at the time of power failure, etc. In the present embodiment, processing related to the operation button 22 executed by the sound lamp control device 5 will be described, and description of other processing will be omitted.

[Timer interrupt processing of voice lamp control device 5]
FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 51. The MPU 51 executes the timer interrupt process as a periodic process with a period of 1 msec.

  As shown in FIG. 11, in the timer interrupt process, the MPU 51 performs an operation detection process (S1001), a detection pattern determination process (S1002), a counter update process (S1003), a command determination process (S1004), a single operation effect process ( S1005), continuous hitting operation effect processing (S1006), and long press operation effect processing (S1007) are executed.

  In the present embodiment, a single operation effect process, a continuous hit operation effect process, and a long press effect process will be described as examples of the operation effect accompanied by the operation of the operation button 22, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, an operation effect in which the same operation effect is repeatedly executed among the single operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, and the long press effect process can be considered, and any one of the single operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, and the long press effect process An operation effect that is executed in combination is also conceivable.

[Operation detection processing: S1001]
FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the operation detection process. In the operation detection process, an operation state of the operation button 22 is detected, and a process for sequentially updating the operation history for the past three times is executed. In the gaming machine 10, the operation detection process is executed by the MPU 51, whereby whether or not the operation button 22 is operated is determined at a predetermined interval (1 msec interval in the present embodiment).

<Steps S1101 to S1103>
As shown in FIG. 12, in the operation detection process, in step S1101, the value of the second detection flag 512b is shifted (overwritten) to the first detection flag 512a. In step S1102, the value of the third detection flag 512c is shifted (overwritten) to the second detection flag 512b. Thereafter, in step S1103, the operation state of the operation button 22 detected by the operation switch 22a is stored (overwritten) in the third detection flag 512c, and the operation detection process ends.

  As described above, in the operation detection process, the processes of steps S1101 to S1103 are executed, so that the operation state of the operation button 22 is changed to the first detection flag 512a to the third detection as the operation state for the last three 1 msec intervals. It is stored in the flag 512c. Specifically, the most recent operation state is stored in the third detection flag 512c, the previous operation state is stored in the second detection flag 512b, and the two previous operation states are stored in the first detection flag 512a. Remembered.

[Detection pattern determination processing: S1002]
FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the detection pattern determination process. In the detection pattern determination process, the detection pattern generated in the operation history of the operation button 22 is determined based on the stored information of the first detection flag 512a, the second detection flag 512b, and the third detection flag 512c.

<Step S1201>
As shown in FIG. 13, in the detection pattern determination process, in step S1201, it is determined whether or not the first detection flag 512a indicating the operation state of the operation button 22 three times before is on. If the first detection flag 512a is on (S1201: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1202. If the first detection flag 512a is off (S1201: No), the process proceeds to step S1205. .

<Step S1202>
Next, in step S1202, it is determined whether or not the second detection flag 512b indicating the operation state of the operation button 22 two times before is on. If the second detection flag 512b is on (S1202: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1203. If the second detection flag 512b is off (S1202: No), the process proceeds to step S1208. .

<Step S1203>
In step S1203, it is determined whether or not the third detection flag 512c indicating the operation state of the most recent operation button 22 is on. If the third detection flag 512c is on (S1203: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1204. If the third detection flag 512c is off (S1203: No), the process proceeds to step S1210. .

<Step S1204>
In step S1204, the first pattern flag 512d is turned on, the second pattern flag 512e and the third pattern flag 512f are set off, and the detection pattern determination process is terminated. That is, the first pattern flag 512d is turned on when “ON”, “ON”, and “ON” operation patterns occur in the operation state of the operation button 22 three times. The first pattern flag 512d is used as an index for determining whether or not the operation state of the operation button 22 is continued.

<Step S1205>
If it is determined in step S1201 that the first detection flag 512a is not on (S1201: No), in the subsequent step S1202, the second detection flag 512b indicating the operation state of the previous operation button 22 is on. Determine whether or not. If the second detection flag 512b is on (S1205: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1206. If the second detection flag 512b is off (S1205: No), the process proceeds to step S1210. .

<Step S1206>
In step S1206, it is determined whether or not the third detection flag 512c indicating the operation state of the most recent operation button 22 is on. If the third detection flag 512c is on (S1206: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1207. If the third detection flag 512c is off (S1206: No), the process proceeds to step S1210. .

<Step S1207>
In step S1207, the second pattern flag 512e is turned on, the first pattern flag 512d and the third pattern flag 512f are set off, and the detection pattern determination process is ended. That is, the second pattern flag 512e is turned on when an operation pattern of “OFF”, “ON”, and “ON” is generated in the operation state of the operation button 22 three times. The second pattern flag 512e is used as an index for determining whether or not the operation button 22 has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state (whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated). In this way, if it is determined whether the operation button 22 has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state using the second pattern flag 512e, the operation button 22 starts operating due to noise such as radio waves or static electricity. False detection is prevented, and the start of operation of the operation button 22 is prevented from being reflected in the effect display at a timing not intended by the player.

<Step S1208>
If it is determined in step S1202 that the second detection flag 512a is not on (S1202: No), in the subsequent step S1208, whether or not the third detection flag 512c indicating the operation state of the most recent operation button 22 is on. Determine whether. If the third detection flag 512c is on (S1208: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1210. If the second detection flag 512b is off (S1208: No), the process proceeds to step S1209. .

<Step S1209>
In step S1209, the third pattern flag 512f is set on, the first pattern flag 512d and the second pattern flag 512e are set off, and the detection pattern determination process ends. That is, the third pattern flag 512f is turned on when an operation pattern of “ON”, “OFF”, and “OFF” occurs in the operation state of the operation button 22 three times. The third pattern flag 512f is used as an index for determining whether or not the operation button 22 has changed from the operation state to the non-operation state (whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 has ended). As described above, when it is determined whether the operation button 22 has changed from the operation state to the non-operation state using the third pattern flag 512f, the operation start of the operation button 22 due to noise such as radio waves or static electricity is started. Misdetection is prevented, and the end of the operation of the operation button 22 is prevented from being reflected in the effect display at a timing not intended by the player.

<Step S1210>
On the other hand, in step S1210, the first pattern flag 512d, the second pattern flag 512e, and the third pattern flag 512f are set to OFF, and the detection pattern determination process ends.

[Counter update processing: S1003]
In the counter update process S1003, the effect type counter 512p is updated. Specifically, the performance type counter 512p is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0. The effect type counter 512p updated here is used to determine the change type and the effect type based on the change pattern command received from the main control device 4.

[Command determination processing: S1004]
FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the command determination process. In the command determination process, a command received from the main control device 4 is determined, and a process corresponding to the command is executed.

<Step S1301>
As shown in FIG. 14, in the command determination process, in step S1301, it is determined whether or not a command is received from the main controller 4. If a command has been received (S1301: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1302. If a command has not been received (S1301: No), the command determination process is terminated.

<Step S1302>
Next, in step S1302, it is determined whether the received command is a variation pattern command. If the command is not a variation pattern command (S1302: No), the process proceeds to step S1321. If the command is a variation pattern command (S1302: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1303. Note that the command received from the main control device 4 is stored in the RAM 512, and is erased when read in step S1301.

<Step S1321>
In step S1321, after executing processing based on other commands received from the main control device 4, the command determination processing is terminated. For example, in step S1321, when a reserved ball number command is input, a held ball number display process is executed in which the number of reserved symbols indicating the reserved ball number N in the symbol display device 341 is changed based on the held ball number command. The In addition, when a jackpot start command is received, a preset jackpot start process corresponding to the jackpot start command is executed. When a jackpot end command is received, a jackpot end command is received. A jackpot end process set in advance is executed.

<Step S1303>
In step S1303, the variation type and the effect type are determined based on the variation pattern command received from the main control device 4. Specifically, the MPU 51 identifies the variation pattern based on the variation pattern command, the variation type table 511a and the effect type table 511b stored in the ROM 511 in advance, and the value of the effect type counter 512p stored in the RAM 512p. To do. The effect type table 511b includes a normal reach effect table corresponding to normal reach, a special reach effect table corresponding to special reach, and a super reach effect table corresponding to super reach.

  FIG. 15A shows an example of the variation type table 511a. As shown in FIG. 15A, in the fluctuation type table 511a, the contents of the fluctuation display time and the fluctuation type corresponding to the fluctuation pattern command are defined. For example, the variation display command “A01” having the lottery result “normal jackpot” and the variation pattern “01” is associated with the variation display time “30 s” and the variation type “normal reach”. In addition, the variation display command “B02” having the lottery result “probable big hit” and the variation pattern “02” is associated with the variation display time “45 s” and the variation type “special reach”. The variation pattern command “C03” having “probability big hit” and the variation pattern “03” is associated with the variation display time “90 s” and the variation type “super reach”. Further, the variation display command “C04” having the lottery result “out” and the variation pattern “04” is associated with the variation display time “7 s” and the variation type “no reach”. The fluctuation pattern command “C05”, which is “out” and the fluctuation pattern is “05”, is associated with the fluctuation display time “10 s” and the fluctuation type “no reach”.

  FIG. 15B is a diagram illustrating an example of a normal reach production table included in the production type table 511b. As shown in FIG. 15B, in the normal reach production table, “production X1” to “production X5” are defined as production types corresponding to the value of the production type counter 512p. If the MPU 51 determines that the variation type is normal reach, the MPU 51 selects an effect type corresponding to the value of the effect type counter 512p from the normal reach effect table. In the present embodiment, for convenience of explanation, a case where there are five types of effects corresponding to each variation type will be described as an example, but there may be five or more types of effects.

  On the other hand, FIG. 15C is a diagram illustrating an example of a special reach effect table included in the effect type table 511b. As shown in FIG. 15C, in the special reach production table, “production Y1” to “production Y5” are defined as production types corresponding to the value of the production type counter 512p. If the MPU 51 determines that the variation type is special reach, the MPU 51 selects an effect type corresponding to the value of the effect type counter 512p from the special reach effect table. For example, effects Y1 and Y2 are effect types accompanied by a single operation effect, effects Y3 and Y4 are effect types accompanied by a continuous hit operation effect, and effect Y5 is an effect type accompanied by a long press operation effect.

  FIG. 15D is a diagram showing an example of a super reach production table included in the production type table 511b. As shown in FIG. 15D, in the super reach production table, “production Z1” to “production Z5” are defined as production types corresponding to the value of the production type counter 512p. If the MPU 51 determines that the variation type is super reach, the MPU 51 selects an effect type corresponding to the value of the effect type counter 512p from the super reach effect table.

  Then, the MPU 51 sets a change pattern command, a change type table 511a, an effect type table 511b, and a display change pattern command indicating the change type determined based on the effect type counter 512p, and stores the display change pattern command in the RAM 512. This display variation pattern command is transmitted to the display control device 6 in step S1310 described later, and the display control device 6 executes variation display and effect display using the symbol display unit 341 based on the display variation pattern command.

<Step S1304>
In step S1304, it is determined whether or not the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by a single operation effect. The single operation effect is a single operation result image as an effect result according to one operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period during the execution of the effect display performed in the symbol display unit 341. It is a type of effect that is displayed. If the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type with a single operation effect (S1304: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1305, and if the display variation pattern command is not an effect type with a single operation effect (S1304). : No), the process proceeds to step S1306.

<Step S1305>
In step S1305, a single operation setting process for executing a single operation effect is executed, and the process proceeds to step S1310. In the single operation setting process, the single operation flag 512g is set to ON, and the single operation result corresponding to the current single operation operation is determined. Specifically, a single operation result corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined in the single operation table 511c of the ROM 511. In the single operation setting process, the single operation result corresponding to the current single operation effect is determined based on the lottery result included in the variation pattern command and the single operation table 511c stored in the ROM 511.

<Step S1306>
In step S1306, it is determined whether or not the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by repeated hitting operation effects. The repeated hit operation effect means that during the execution of the effect display performed in the symbol display unit 341, the repeated hit effect image is displayed according to the intermittent operation (continuous hit operation) of the operation button 22 within the preset operation valid period. Thereafter, when the repeated hit counter 512k indicating an operation value corresponding to the number of operations of the operation button 22 reaches the first specified value, the repeated hit operation result image is displayed as an effect result. Here, when the display variation pattern command is an effect type accompanied by repeated hit operation effects (S1306: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1307, and when the display variation pattern command is not an effect type accompanied by repeated hit operation effects (S1306). : No), the process proceeds to step S1308.

<Step S1307>
In step S1307, a continuous hitting operation setting process for executing a continuous hitting operation effect is executed, and the process proceeds to step S1310. Specifically, in the repeated hitting operation setting process, the repeated hitting effect flag 512h is set to ON, and the first specified value corresponding to the current repeated hitting operation effect is determined. Specifically, the first specified value corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined in the continuous hitting operation table 511d of the ROM 511. Then, in the repeated hitting operation setting process, the first specified value corresponding to the current repeated hitting operation effect is determined based on the lottery result included in the variation pattern command and the repeated hitting operation table 511d stored in the ROM 511. The first specified value is an operation value corresponding to the number of times the operation button 22 is operated as an end condition of the repeated hitting operation effect process. For example, when the lottery result is a big hit, the first specified value is “20 times” with a probability of 5/100 and “10 times with a probability of 10/100 based on the consecutive hit operation table 511 d and a predetermined random number value. ”And“ 5 times ”with a probability of 85/100. On the other hand, when the lottery result is out, the first specified value is “50 times” with a probability of 5/100, “100 times” with a probability of 10/100, and “100 times” with a probability of 85/100, based on the consecutive hit operation table 511d. The probability is determined to be “200 times”. In addition, when the lottery result included in the variation pattern command is out of the range, the first specified value may be a value that is larger than the number of times that the operation button 22 can be repeatedly hit in the consecutive hit operation effect.

<Step S1308>
In step S1308, it is determined whether or not the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by a long press operation effect. The long press operation effect is after a long press effect image is displayed in response to a long press operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period during the execution of the effect display performed in the symbol display unit 341. The long press operation result image is displayed as an effect when the long press counter 512m indicating the operation time of the operation button 22 reaches the second specified value. If the display variation pattern command is an effect type with a long press operation effect (S1308: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1309, and the display change pattern command is not an effect type with a long press operation effect. (S1308: No), the process proceeds to step S1310. The long press counter 512m is an example of a numerical value used to indicate an operation time during which the operation of the operation button 22 is continued. Even if the operation time of the operation button 22 is managed in units of time (msec). Good.

<Step S1309>
In step S1309, a long press operation setting process for executing a long press operation effect is executed, and the process proceeds to step S1310. Specifically, in the long press operation setting process, the long press effect flag 512i is set to ON, and the second specified value corresponding to the current long press operation effect is determined. Specifically, in the long press operation table 511e of the ROM 511, a second specified value corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined. Then, in the long press operation setting process, the second specified value corresponding to the current long press operation effect is determined based on the lottery result included in the variation pattern command and the long press operation table 511e stored in the ROM 511. Is done. The second specified value is a value corresponding to an operation time of the operation button 22 used as an end condition of the long press operation effect process. For example, when the lottery result is a jackpot, the second specified value is “1000” with a probability of 5/100 and “600” with a probability of 10/100 based on the long press operation table 511e and a predetermined random number value. , 85/100 with a probability of “300”. On the other hand, if the lottery result is out, the second specified value is “3000” with a probability of 5/100, “6000” with a probability of 10/100, or a probability of 85/100 based on the long press operation table 511e. To “10000”. In addition, when the lottery result included in the variation pattern command is out of the range, the second specified value may be a value that is longer than the long pressable time of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect. .

<Step S1310>
In step S1310, a display variation pattern command for specifying the content of the variation type and the effect type in the symbol display unit 341 is output to the display control device 6, and the command determination process is terminated. The display variation pattern command is information for identifying the variation type and the effect type determined in step S1303, and the ROM 611 of the display control device 6 stores the variation image and the effect image corresponding to each display variation pattern command. Is remembered. Thereby, in the display control device 6, the MPU 61 executes the variation display and the effect display in the symbol display unit 341 according to the variation type and the effect type corresponding to the display variation pattern command.

  Here, a display example of the symbol display unit 341 when special reach is executed as the symbol variation display mode will be described with reference to FIG. Here, it is determined in step S1306 that the display variation pattern command includes information indicating a continuous hitting operation effect (S1306: Yes), and the continuous hitting operation setting process is executed in step S1307. A case will be described as an example where, in the reach, a continuous hit operation effect is performed in which a continuous hit operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the effect.

  First, in the special reach, after the symbol display is started in the symbol display unit 341, the symbols on both sides are stopped, and a normal reach effect as shown in FIG. 19A is displayed. Note that FIG. 19A shows a state in which the symbols “7” are aligned on both sides, and the center symbol is fluctuating.

  Thereafter, at a preset timing, as shown in FIG. 19B, a continuous hit operation notification image for notifying the player of the operation method and the operation purpose of the operation button 22 is displayed. In the example shown in FIG. 19 (B), the player is notified of the operation method of the operation button 22 by displaying the message “Put the button repeatedly to save power!” And the power gauge and button design. Is done. By such notification, the player can recognize that the greater the power stored in the power gauge by pressing the operation button 22, the higher the probability of jackpot.

  In addition, since various images such as the continuous hitting operation notification image are displayed during the production, the symbol variation display is in a downsized state as shown in FIG. 19B. It is displayed in a part of the area. Further, it is conceivable that the symbol variation display is not displayed on the symbol display unit 341 during the production.

  Thereafter, when a predetermined time elapses after the continuous hitting operation notification image is displayed, a continuous hitting operation start image for notifying the player of an operation start instruction for the operation button 22 is displayed as shown in FIG. The In the example shown in FIG. 19C, a message “START!” Is displayed as the continuous hitting operation start image, thereby notifying the player of an operation start instruction for the operation button 22. By such notification, the player can recognize that the timing for pressing the operation button 22 has arrived.

  Then, when the player starts the continuous operation of the operation button 22, as shown in FIGS. 19D and 19E, the power amount displayed on the display of the power gauge is gradually increased in the symbol display unit 341. The image is updated so as to increase. At this time, the relationship between the number of operations of the operation button 22 and the amount of increase in power in the power gauge changes according to the first specified value, and the larger the first specified value, the more the number of operations of the operation button 22 is. The amount of power increase in the power gauge accompanying the increase decreases, and the smaller the first specified value, the larger the amount of power increase in the power gauge accompanying the increase in the number of operations of the operation button 22. For example, when the lottery result of the current game round is a big hit, the first specified value is such that the power is full due to a small number of repeated operation of the operation button 22 within the operation valid period, and the lottery result is out. In some cases, the power is set so that the power does not reach full when the operation button 22 is repeatedly operated within the operation effective period.

  By increasing the power amount of the power gauge in this way, the player can expect to become a big hit when the operation button 22 is repeatedly operated, so that the power becomes full and the player wins. Increased willingness to operate. In addition, since the power gauge stores power in a sensuous and easy-to-understand form, it conveys the expectation of the jackpot to the player, so the expectation of the jackpot is high or low even for a player with little gaming experience of the gaming machine 10 Can be easily recognized.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 19 (F), when the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 becomes full within the operation effective period, the fluctuation of the central symbol is stopped as shown in FIG. 19 (G). A continuous hitting operation result image including the same symbols arranged in a row and a message of “big hit!” Is displayed.

  On the other hand, when the operation effective period elapses until the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 becomes full, as shown in FIG. 19 (H), the power amount of the power gauge disappears all at once, as shown in FIG. As shown in I), an effect end image including different symbols arranged in a line and a message of “sorry!” Is displayed.

[Single operation effect processing: S1005]
FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure for the single operation effect processing. In the single operation effect process, a process for displaying the single operation effect on the symbol display unit 341 is executed. The ROM 611 of the display control device 6 stores a plurality of types of images such as a single operation preview image, a single operation start image, a single operation result image, and an effect end image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the single operation effect. Has been.

<Step S1401>
As shown in FIG. 16, in step S1401, whether or not to execute a single operation effect based on the single effect flag 512g turned on in step S1305 when the display variation pattern command includes information indicating a single operation effect. Determine whether. If the single effect flag 512g is on (S1401: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1402. If the single effect flag 512g is not on (S1401: No), the single operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1402>
In step S1402, it is determined whether the start timing of the single operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores a start waiting time from the start of the variable display on the symbol display unit 341 to the start of the single operation effect for each type of the single operation effect. In step S1402, it is determined that the start timing of the single operation effect has arrived when the start standby time corresponding to the type of the single operation effect has elapsed since the start of variable display on the symbol display unit 341. Here, when the start timing of the single operation effect has arrived (S1402: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1403, and when the start timing of the single operation effect has not arrived (S1402: No). Then, the single operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1403>
In step S1403, it is determined whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, depending on whether or not the reception start flag 512n is on. The reception start flag 512n is a flag indicating whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. As described later, the reception start flag 512n is turned on in step S1408 and turned off in step S1417. If the reception start flag 512n is on (S1403: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1411. If the reception start flag 512n is not on (S1403: No), the process proceeds to step S1404.

<Steps S1404 to S1405>
In step S <b> 1404, it is determined whether or not a single operation notice image for reporting the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 corresponding to the type of the single operation effect has already been displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Here, when the single operation advance notice image is not displayed (S1404: No), in the subsequent step S1405, the single operation advance notice image corresponding to the type of the single operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. For example, as the one-shot operation preview image, a message indicating a mission such as “Press the button to align ˜” or “Press the button to get ˜” is displayed. It should be noted that the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 may be notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the single operation notification image or in combination with the display of the single operation notification image. On the other hand, when the single operation advance notice image is already displayed (S1404: Yes), the process skips step S1405 and proceeds to step S1406.

<Step S1406>
In step S1406, it is determined whether or not the notice duration time preset for each single operation notice image and stored in the ROM 511 has elapsed. The notice duration is a waiting time set in advance as a time during which the player can recognize the content of the one-shot operation notice image after displaying the one-shot action notice image. The advance notice duration may be a common time for a plurality of effect contents or a plurality of single operation notice images. If the previous notice duration corresponding to the single operation notice image has elapsed (S1406: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1407, and if the previous notice duration has not elapsed (S1406: No), the single operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1407>
In step S1407, a single operation start image for notifying that the operation start timing of the operation button 22 has arrived is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. As described above, in the gaming machine 10, after notifying the operation purpose and the operation method of the operation button 22, a process of providing an operation start instruction for the operation button 22 with a time difference is executed. Here, the sound lamp control device 5 when executing such processing is an example of the operation notification means.

  For example, a message such as “Start!” Or “Ready Go!” Is displayed as the single operation start image. Note that the single operation start image may be further divided into a plurality of stages. For example, “Ready” may be displayed as the single operation start image, and “Go!” May be displayed thereafter. In the present embodiment, the case where the single operation notification image and the single operation start image are separate images will be described as an example, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, it is conceivable that the single operation notification image and the single operation start image are included in one operation. In addition, instead of the single operation start image, or in combination with the display of the single operation start image, an operation start instruction of the operation button 22 may be notified by voice using the speaker 26.

<Step S1408>
In step S1408, the reception start flag 512n is turned on in order to start receiving the operation of the operation button 22. Thereby, when the said single operation effect process is performed next, a process will transfer to step S1411 in the said step S1403. Note that the reception start flag 512n is turned off in step S1417 described later.

<Steps S1409 to S1410>
Next, in step S1409, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is continued at the time of notification of the operation start instruction in step S1407. That is, in step S1409, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated before and after the notification of the operation start instruction. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has already been operated, depending on whether or not the first pattern flag 512d is on. In the gaming machine 10, as described above, in order to notify the player of the operation method of the operation button 22 before the operation start timing of the operation button 22 arrives, “push the buttons to align”. The single operation notification image may be displayed. In this case, the player may start operating the operation button 22 when the one-shot operation notification image is displayed. However, even if the single operation notification image is displayed, the reception start flag 512n is not turned on until the single operation start image is displayed, and the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has not started. . Therefore, the player starts operating the operation button 22 from when the single operation notification image is displayed to when the single operation start image is displayed, and this state continues even after the single operation start image is displayed. In this case, since the input signal of the operation switch 22a does not become “OFF”, “ON”, or “ON” after the start of receiving the operation of the operation button 22 (S1403: Yes) (S1415: No), The operation of the operation button 22 is not reflected in the effect. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10, in order to reflect the operation in the production even when the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is started before the single operation start image is displayed, in step S1409 It is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is continued at the time when the single operation start image is displayed. If the operation of the operation button 22 is continued (S1409: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1410, the already operated flag 512j is turned on, and the single operation effect process is ended. If the operation button 22 has not been operated yet (S1409: No), the single operation effect process is terminated as it is.

<Step S1411>
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1403 that reception of the operation button 22 has been started, it is determined in subsequent step S1411 whether or not the operation button 22 is within the operation valid period. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores an effective waiting time (for example, 1 to 5 seconds) preset for each type of the single operation effect. Then, the MPU 51 determines that it is within the operation effective period when the effective waiting time has not elapsed after the display of the single operation start image. If it is within the operation valid period (S1411: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1412. If it is not within the operation valid period (S1411: No), the process proceeds to step S1418.

<Step S1412>
In step S1412, it is determined whether the already-operated flag 512j is on. If the already-operated flag 512j is not on (S1412: No), the process proceeds to step S1415. That is, when the single operation start image is displayed and the reception start flag 512n is turned on, the player has not yet operated the operation button 22, and the step S1410 is skipped, or the single operation If the operation button 22 has not been operated yet after the operation start image is displayed, the process proceeds to step S1415.

  If the already-operated flag 512j is on (S1412: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1413. Therefore, when the player operates the operation button 22 when the single operation start image is displayed and the reception start flag 512n is turned on, and the already operated flag 512j is turned on in the step S1410. In step S1413, the process proceeds to step S1413.

<Step S1413>
In step S1413, it is determined whether the operation of the operation button 22 has been completed. Specifically, when the third pattern flag 512f is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 has changed from the operation state to the non-operation state, and the operation of the operation button 22 has ended. That is, step S1413 is a process for detecting that the player has stopped pressing the operation button 22 when the player has pressed the operation button 22 at the time of displaying the single operation start image. Here, when the operation of the operation button 22 is completed (S1413: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1416 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. If the operation of the operation button 22 has not ended (No in S1413), the process proceeds to step S1414.

<Step S1414>
In step S1414, it is determined whether or not a predetermined determination time has elapsed after the display of the single operation start image. The determination time is a waiting time from when the one-shot operation start image is displayed to forcibly confirming the operation of the operation button 22 by the player, and at least the operation waiting time corresponding to the operation effective period. Shorter time (for example, 0.5 to 1 second). In the gaming machine 10, as described above, in order to notify the player of the operation method of the operation button 22 before the operation start timing of the operation button 22 arrives, “push the buttons to align”. The single operation notification image may be displayed. In this case, the player may start operating the operation button 22 when the one-shot operation notification image is displayed. However, even if the single operation notification image is displayed, the reception start flag 512n is not turned on until the single operation start image is displayed, and the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has not started. . Therefore, the player starts operating the operation button 22 from when the single operation notification image is displayed to when the single operation start image is displayed, and this state continues even after the single operation start image is displayed. In this case, since the input signal of the operation switch 22a does not become “OFF”, “ON”, or “ON” after the start of receiving the operation of the operation button 22 (S1403: Yes) (S1415: No), The operation of the operation button 22 is not reflected in the effect. In particular, in such a case, the player may not accept the operation of the operation button 22 and may keep the operation button 22 pressed. At this time, even though the operation button 22 is operated, the player may feel uncomfortable if the operation is not reflected in the production forever. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10, when the state in which the operation of the operation button 22 by the player continues before and after the display of the single operation start image continues for a certain period of time, In step S1409, it is determined whether the determination time has elapsed. If the determination time has elapsed (S1414: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1416 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. If the determination time has not elapsed (S1414: No), the single operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1415>
If it is determined in step S1412 that the already-operated flag 512j is not on, it is determined in subsequent step S1415 whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state, and the operation button has been operated. If it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1415: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1416 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. If it is determined that the operation button 22 is not operated (S1415: No), the one-shot operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1416>
In step S1416, a single operation result image reflecting the operation of the operation button 22 is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of single operation result images corresponding to the types of the single operation effects. In step S1416, the single operation selected from the plurality of single operation result images corresponding to the single operation effect according to information such as the presence or absence of jackpot occurrence included in the display variation pattern command in step S1305. A single operation result image corresponding to the result is displayed.

  For example, a single operation result image including the characters “success!” And a single operation result image including the characters “failure!” Are stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the single operation effect, and the display variation pattern command includes The single-shot operation result image including the characters “success!” Is displayed when information having a jackpot occurrence is included, and the characters “failure!” Are displayed when the display variation pattern command includes information without a jackpot occurrence. It is conceivable to display the image including the single operation result. Further, the single operation result image is not limited to an image indicating whether or not a jackpot has occurred, and may be an image such as a message or a character for suggesting the expected degree of jackpot occurrence.

  In step S1416, a single operation command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5, and the sound lamp control device 5 outputs a production sound corresponding to the single operation result image from the speaker 26, and corresponds to the single operation result image. The lighting part 27 is turned on in the lighting mode. In this way, in the single operation effect process, the effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. Further, when the gaming machine 10 includes a vibration means such as a vibration motor or a piezoelectric element for vibrating the operation button 22, the single operation result image is displayed in step S1416, and the vibration button is controlled to control the operation button 22. It is also possible to show that the occurrence of jackpot or the expectation of jackpot is high by vibrating the.

  In this way, in the single operation effect process, the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the contents of the effect display, and the presence / absence of jackpot and the degree of expectation of the jackpot can be communicated to the player by the effect display. Therefore, when the jackpot is won, it is possible to give the player a feeling that the jackpot has been won by his / her own operation, and the player's willingness to operate can be improved.

<Step S1417>
Thereafter, in step S1417, the single effect flag 512g, the already operated flag 512j, and the reception start flag 512n used in the single operation effect process are turned off.

<Step S1418>
If it is determined in step S1411 that the operation is not within the effective period (S1411: No), that is, if the operation button 22 is not operated within the operation effective period, in the subsequent step S1418, the single operation effect is displayed. An effect end image indicating the end is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Note that it is also conceivable to cause the player to recognize the end of the operation valid period by lowering the display brightness of the single operation start image instead of displaying the effect end image. In step S1418, an effect end command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5, and the sound lamp control device 5 stops the reproduction of the effect sound by the speaker 26 and ends the effect lighting by the electric decoration unit 27.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10, the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 is operated on the condition that the operation button has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state after displaying the one-shot operation start image (S1415: Yes), The operation of the operation button 22 is received and reflected in the effect (S1416). Here, the MPU 51 when executing the processing is an example of the first operation receiving means. Further, the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 is the operation method of the single operation effect when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the single operation start image (S1409: Yes). The operation button 22 is accepted on the condition that a predetermined operation button 22 is completed corresponding to the single operation or the determination time has elapsed (S1413 or S1414: Yes), and the operation is reflected in the effect (S1416). . Here, the MPU 51 when executing the processing is an example of the second operation receiving means.

  On the other hand, conventionally, in the configuration in which the single operation operation preview image is displayed before the single operation start image is displayed and the operation method of the operation button 22 is notified, the player displays the single operation operation image. When the operation of the operation button 22 is started at the time when the operation is performed, there is a problem that the operation of the operation button 22 is not detected and is not reflected in the production. In this case, the player may feel uncomfortable because the operation is not reflected in the performance even though the operation button 22 is operated. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the player starts operating the operation button 22 after the one-shot operation notice image is displayed and before the one-shot operation start image is displayed. Even when the operation state continues until the display of the one-shot operation start image, the player operates the operation button 22 when the operation button 22 is ended or when the determination time has elapsed. Can be reflected in the production display. Therefore, for example, it is possible to release the player from the stress that the player misunderstands that the operation button 22 is faulty or the operation button 22 is operated again.

[Consecutive Strike Operation Effect Processing: S1006]
FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the continuous hitting operation effect process. In the repeated hitting operation effect process, a process for displaying the repeated hitting operation effect on the symbol display unit 341 is executed. Note that the ROM 611 of the display control device 6 includes images such as a continuous hitting operation preview image, a continuous hitting operation start image, a continuous hitting effect image, a continuous hitting operation result image, and an effect end image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the repeated hitting operation effect. A plurality of types are stored.

<Step S1501>
As shown in FIG. 17, in step S1501, whether or not to execute the repeated hit operation effect based on the repeated hit effect flag 512h that is turned on in step S1307 when the display variation pattern command includes information indicating the repeated hit operation effect. Determine whether. Here, if the continuous hit effect flag 512h is on (S1501: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1502, and if the continuous hit effect flag 512h is not on (S1501: No), the continuous hit operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1502>
In step S1502, it is determined whether the start timing of the continuous hitting operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores a continuous hit waiting time from the start of variable display on the symbol display unit 341 until the continuous hit operation effect is started for each type of the continuous hit operation effect. In step S1502, it is determined that the start timing of the continuous hit operation effect has arrived when the repeated hit standby time corresponding to the type of the continuous hit operation effect has elapsed since the start of variable display on the symbol display unit 341. Here, if the start timing of the continuous hit operation effect has arrived (S1502: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1503, and if the start timing of the continuous hit operation effect has not arrived (S1502: No). Then, the continuous hitting operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1503>
In step S1503, it is determined whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, depending on whether or not the reception start flag 512n is on. The acceptance start flag 512n is a flag indicating whether or not acceptance of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, and is turned on in step S1508 and turned off in step S1515, as will be described later. If the reception start flag 512n is on (S1503: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1509. If the reception start flag 512n is not on (S1503: No), the process proceeds to step S1504.

<Steps S1504 to S1505>
In step S1504, it is determined whether or not a continuous hitting operation preview image for reporting the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 corresponding to the type of the continuous hitting operation effect is already displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Here, when the continuous hitting operation advance notice image is not displayed (S1504: No), in the subsequent step S1505, the continuous hitting operation advance notice image corresponding to the type of the continuous hitting operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341.

  For example, a message indicating a mission such as “Open the button by repeatedly hitting the button” or “Destroy the button by hitting the button repeatedly” is displayed as the continuous hitting operation preview image. It should be noted that the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 may be notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the continuous hitting operation preview image or in combination with the display of the continuous hitting operation preview image. On the other hand, if the continuous hitting operation preview image has already been displayed (S1504: Yes), the process skips step S1505 and proceeds to step S1506.

<Step S1506>
In step S1506, it is determined whether or not the notice continuation time set in advance and stored in the ROM 511 for each consecutive hit operation notice image has elapsed. The advance notice duration is a waiting time set in advance as a time during which the player can recognize the content of the repeat hit operation advance notice image after displaying the repeat hit operation advance notice image. The advance notice duration may be a common time for a plurality of effect contents or a plurality of consecutive hit operation notice images. Here, when the notice duration time corresponding to the continuous hitting operation notice image has passed (S1506: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1507, and when the notice duration time has not elapsed (S1506: No), the continuous hitting operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1507>
In step S1507, the symbol display unit 341 displays a continuous operation start image for notifying that the operation start timing of the operation button 22 has arrived. As described above, in the gaming machine 10, after notifying the operation purpose and the operation method of the operation button 22, a process of providing an operation start instruction for the operation button 22 with a time difference is executed. Here, the sound lamp control device 5 when executing such processing is an example of the operation notification means. For example, a message such as “Start!” Or “Ready Go!” Is displayed as the continuous hitting operation start image. It is also conceivable that the continuous hitting operation start image is further divided into a plurality of stages. For example, “Ready” may be displayed as the continuous hitting operation start image, followed by “Go!”. It is also conceivable that an operation start instruction of the operation button 22 is notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the continuous hit operation start image or in combination with the display of the continuous hit operation start image.

<Step S1508>
In step S1508, the reception start flag 512n is turned on in order to start receiving the operation of the operation button 22. Thereby, when the continuous hitting operation effect process is executed next, the process proceeds to step S1509 in step S1503. Note that the reception start flag 512n is turned off in step S1515 described later.

<Step S1509>
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1503 that reception of the operation button 22 has already been started, it is determined in subsequent step S1509 whether the operation button 22 is within the valid operation period. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores an effective waiting time (for example, 1 to 5 seconds) set in advance for each type of the continuous hitting operation effect. Then, the MPU 51 determines that it is within the operation effective period when the effective waiting time has not elapsed since the display of the continuous hitting operation start image. Here, if it is within the operation valid period (S1509: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1510. If it is not within the operation valid period (S1509: No), the process proceeds to step S1516.

<Step S1510>
In step S1510, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated according to whether or not the second pattern flag 512e is on. If it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1510: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1511 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. If it is determined that the operation button 22 has not been operated (S1510: No), the consecutive hit operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1511>
In step S1511, the continuous hit counter 512k is incremented by 1 which is a predetermined value set in advance. As a result, the number of operations within the operation effective period in the continuous hit operation effect is stored as an operation value in the continuous hit counter 512k. The predetermined value added to the continuous hitting counter 512k when the operation button 22 is operated is not limited to 1 and may be 2 or more.

<Step S1512>
In step S1512, a symbol effect image corresponding to the value of the counter hit counter 512k is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. More specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of consecutive hit effect images whose contents change as the value of the repeated hit counter 512k increases. In step S1512, the repeated hit effect image corresponding to the value of the repeated hit counter 512k is stored. It is read and displayed. For example, when the continuous hit operation effect is an effect of opening the door in response to the continuous hit operation of the operation button 22, an image of the door gradually opening is displayed on the symbol display unit 341, and the operation button 22 is repeatedly operated. In response to the effect of destroying the object, an image in which the object is gradually destroyed is displayed on the symbol display unit 341.

  In step S1512, the repeated operation command is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 5, and the audio lamp control device 5 outputs an effect sound corresponding to the display of the repeated hit effect image from the speaker 26, and corresponds to the repeated hit effect image. The lighting part 27 is turned on in the lighting mode. For example, as the value of the continuous hitting counter 512k (the number of operations of the operation button 22) is increased from the speaker 26, a sound effect of opening the door gradually, a sound of breaking objects, and the like are gradually reproduced. It can be considered large. In addition, it is conceivable that the lighting unit 27 gradually increases in the number of lights or gradually increases in brightness as the value of the continuous hitting counter 512k (the number of operations of the operation button 22) increases. Thereby, in the continuous hitting operation effect process, the effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. The sound lamp control device 5 outputs a production sound corresponding to the display of the repetitive strike effect image and a sound effect corresponding to the repetitive operation of the operation button 22 from the speaker 26 every time the operation button 22 is operated. Thereby, the player can obtain the feeling that the continuous hitting operation of the operation button 22 is accepted by the sound effect.

<Step S1513>
Next, in step S1513, it is determined whether or not the continuous hit counter 512k has reached the first specified value or more corresponding to the continuous hit operation effect. Note that the first specified value is a value set in step S1307 when it is determined that the content of the effect is a continuous hit operation effect (S1306: Yes). Here, when the repeated hit counter 512k is equal to or greater than the first specified value (S1513: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1514, and when the repeated hit counter 512k is not equal to or greater than the first specified value (S1513: No), The continuous hitting operation effect process ends.

<Step S1514>
In step S1514, the result of the repeated operation of the operation button 22 is displayed on the symbol display unit 341 as a result of the repeated operation. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of consecutive hit operation result images corresponding to the types of the repeated hit operation effects. In step S1514, a continuous hitting operation result image selected in accordance with information on whether or not a big hit has occurred included in the display variation pattern command is displayed from among the multiple hitting operation result images corresponding to the continuous hitting operation effect. .

  For example, a continuous hit operation result image including the characters “success!” And a continuous hit operation result image including the characters “failure!” Are stored in the ROM 611 in correspondence with the continuous hit operation effect, and the display variation pattern command includes When the information with the jackpot occurrence is included, the consecutive hit operation result image including the characters “success!” Is displayed. When the display variation pattern command includes the information without the jackpot occurrence, the characters “failure!” Are displayed. It is conceivable to display the continuous hitting operation result image including the image. Further, the continuous hitting operation result image is not limited to an image indicating whether or not a jackpot has occurred, and may be an image such as a message or a character for suggesting the expected degree of jackpot occurrence.

  Further, in step S1514, a continuous hitting operation command is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5, and the voice lamp control device 5 outputs a production sound corresponding to the continuous hitting operation result image from the speaker 26, and corresponds to the continuous hitting operation result image. The lighting part 27 is turned on in the lighting mode. Thereby, in the continuous hitting operation effect process, the effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. Furthermore, when the gaming machine 10 includes a vibration means such as a vibration motor or a piezoelectric element for vibrating the operation button 22, in step S1514, the vibration means is controlled and operated together with the display of the continuous hitting operation result image. It is also conceivable that by causing the button 22 to vibrate, the jackpot occurrence or the expectation level of the jackpot is high.

  In this way, in the continuous hitting operation effect process, the continuous hitting operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the contents of the effect display, and the player can be notified of the presence / absence of jackpot and the expectation level of the jackpot by the effect display. Therefore, when the jackpot is won, it is possible to give the player a feeling that the jackpot has been won by his / her own operation, and the player's willingness to operate can be improved.

<Step S1515>
Thereafter, in step S1515, the continuous hit effect flag 512h and the reception start flag 512n used in the continuous hit operation effect process are turned off, the continuous hit counter 512k is cleared to 0, and the continuous hit operation effect process is ended.

<Step S1516>
If it is determined in step S1509 that the operation is not within the effective period (S1509: No), that is, if the effective waiting time has elapsed after the display of the continuous operation start image, in the subsequent step S1516, the continuous operation is performed. An effect end image indicating the end of the effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Note that it is also conceivable to cause the player to recognize the end of the operation valid period by lowering the display brightness of the continuous hitting operation start image instead of displaying the effect end image. In step S1516, an effect end command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5, and the sound lamp control device 5 stops the reproduction of the effect sound by the speaker 26 and ends the effect lighting by the electric decoration unit 27.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10, the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 is conditioned on the condition that the operation button 22 has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state after displaying the continuous hitting operation start image (S1510: Yes). Then, the operation of the operation button 22 is received and reflected in the effect (S1512). Here, the MPU 51 when executing the processing is an example of the first operation receiving means. On the other hand, in the continuous hit effect process, unlike the single operation effect process, the operation state of the operation button 22 before and after the display of the continuous hit operation start image is not considered and ignored. As described above, the MPU 51 when ignoring the operation state of the operation button 22 before and after displaying the continuous hitting operation start image is also an example of the second operation accepting unit. This is because the single operation of the operation button 22 of the player is highly important in the production in which the single operation result image is displayed by the single operation of the operation button 22 as in the single operation operation described above. In an effect in which the number of operations of the operation button 22 is reflected in the display of the consecutive hit operation result image as in the consecutive hit operation effect, the player repeatedly operates the operation button 22 and is dissatisfied with the first operation being ignored. This is because there is little discomfort. In the continuous hit operation effect process, the processing load of the MPU 51 is reduced by ignoring the operation state of the operation button 22 before and after the display of the continuous hit operation start image.

  Note that the same operation as the steps S1409 to S1410 and the steps S1412 to S1414 in the one-shot operation effect process is executed also in the continuous operation effect process in which the operation method is an intermittent operation of the operation button 22 within the operation valid period. This is considered as another embodiment. That is, in the continuous hit operation effect process, when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the long press operation start image, the operation button 22 has changed from the operation state to the non-operation state. It is conceivable to accept the operation of the operation button 22 as a condition. Thereby, the operation of the operation button 22 performed before and after the notification of the operation start instruction can be reflected in the effect as one operation of the intermittent operation.

[Long press operation effect processing: S1007]
FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the long press operation effect process. In the long press operation effect process, a process for displaying the long press operation effect on the symbol display unit 341 is executed. The ROM 611 of the display control device 6 stores a long press operation preview image, a long press operation start image, a long press operation effect image, a long press operation result image, and an effect displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the long press operation effect. A plurality of types of images such as end images are stored.

<Step S1601>
As shown in FIG. 18, in step S1601, when the information indicating the long press operation effect is included in the display variation pattern command, the long press operation effect is executed based on the long press effect flag 512i which is turned on in step S1309. Judge whether to do. If the long press effect flag 512i is on (S1601: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1602, and if the long press effect flag 512i is not on (S1601: No), the long press operation effect process ends. Let

<Step S1602>
In step S1602, it is determined whether the start timing of the long press operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores a long press standby time for each type of the long press operation effect after the variable display on the symbol display unit 341 is started until the long press operation effect is started. In step S1602, it is determined that the start timing of the long press operation effect has arrived when the long press standby time corresponding to the type of the long press operation effect has elapsed since the start of variable display on the symbol display unit 341. To do. Here, when the start timing of the long press operation effect has arrived (S1602: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1603, and when the start timing of the long press operation effect has not arrived (S1602: No), the long press operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1603>
In step S1603, it is determined whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, depending on whether or not the reception start flag 512n is on. The acceptance start flag 512n is a flag indicating whether or not acceptance of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. As described later, the acceptance start flag 512n is turned on in step S1608 and turned off in step S1617. If the reception start flag 512n is on (S1603: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1609. If the reception start flag 512n is not on (S1603: No), the process proceeds to step S1604.

<Steps S1604 to S1605>
In step S1604, it is determined whether or not a long press operation preview image for indicating the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 corresponding to the type of the long press operation effect has already been displayed on the symbol display unit 341. . Here, when the long press operation preview image is not displayed (S1604: No), in the subsequent step S1605, the long press operation preview image corresponding to the type of the long press operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Let For example, a message indicating the mission such as “long press the button to save power” is displayed as the long press operation preview image. It should be noted that instead of the long press operation advance notice image, or in conjunction with the display of the long press operation advance notice image, it is conceivable that the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 is notified by voice using the speaker 26. On the other hand, if the long press operation preview image has already been displayed (S1604: No), the process skips step S1605 and proceeds to step S1606.

<Step S1606>
In step S <b> 1606, it is determined whether or not the notice continuation time set in advance corresponding to each long press operation notice image and stored in the ROM 511 has elapsed. The advance notice duration is a waiting time set in advance as a time during which the player can recognize the content of the long press operation advance notice image after the long press operation advance notice image is displayed. The advance notice duration may be a common time for a plurality of effects or a plurality of long press operation advance notice images. Here, if the advance notice duration corresponding to the long press operation advance notice image has elapsed (S1606: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1607, and if the advance notice duration has not elapsed (S1606). : No), the long press operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1607>
In step S1607, a long press operation start image for notifying that the operation start timing of the operation button 22 has arrived is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. As described above, in the gaming machine 10, after notifying the operation purpose and the operation method of the operation button 22, a process of providing an operation start instruction for the operation button 22 with a time difference is executed. Here, the sound lamp control device 5 when executing such processing is an example of the operation notification means. For example, a message such as “Start!” Or “Ready Go!” Is displayed as the long press operation start image. Note that the long press operation start image may be further divided into a plurality of stages. For example, “Ready” may be displayed as the long press operation start image, and “Go!” May be displayed thereafter. It is also conceivable that an operation start instruction for the operation button 22 is notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the long press operation start image or in combination with the display of the long press operation start image.

<Step S1608>
In step S1608, the reception start flag 512n is turned on in order to start receiving the operation of the operation button 22. Thus, when the long press operation effect process is executed next, the process proceeds to step S1611 in step S1603. Note that the reception start flag 512n is turned off in step S1619 described later.

<Steps S1609 to S1610>
In step S1609, it is determined whether or not the player continues to operate the operation button 22 at the time of notification of the operation start instruction in step S1607. That is, in step S1609, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated before and after notification of the operation start instruction. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has already been operated, depending on whether or not the first pattern flag 512d is on. In the gaming machine 10, as described above, in order to notify the player of the operation method of the operation button 22 before the operation start timing of the operation button 22 arrives, The long press operation notification image such as “” may be displayed. In this case, the player may start operating the operation button 22 when the long press operation notification image is displayed. However, even if the long press operation notification image is displayed, the reception start flag 512n is not turned on until the long press operation start image is displayed, and reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started. Not. Therefore, the player starts the operation of the operation button 22 between the display of the long press operation notification image and the display of the long press operation start image, and this state is the display of the long press operation start image. If the operation continues after that, the operation switch 22a input signal does not become “OFF”, “ON”, or “ON” after the start of accepting the operation of the operation button 22 (S1603: Yes) (S1614: No). ), The operation of the operation button 22 is not reflected in the effect. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10, in order to reflect the operation on the effect even when the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is started before the long press operation start image is displayed, the step S1609 is performed. Then, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is continued at the time when the long press operation start image is displayed. If the operation of the operation button 22 is continued (S1609: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1610, one long press counter 512k is added, and the long press operation effect process is terminated. If the operation button 22 has not been operated yet (S1609: No), the long press operation effect process is terminated as it is.

<Step S1611>
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1603 that acceptance of the operation button 22 has been started, it is determined in the subsequent step S1611 whether or not the operation button 22 is within the operation valid period. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores an effective waiting time (for example, 1 to 5 seconds) preset for each type of the long press operation effect. Then, the MPU 51 determines that it is within the operation effective period when the effective waiting time has not elapsed since the display of the long press operation start image. Here, if it is within the operation valid period (S1611: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1612. If it is not within the operation valid period (S1611: No), the process proceeds to step S1620.

<Step S1612>
In step S1612, it is determined whether or not the long press counter 512k is greater than zero. If the long press counter 512k is 0 (S1612: No), the process proceeds to step S1614. That is, when the long press operation start image is displayed and the reception start flag 512n is turned on, the player has not yet operated the operation button 22, and the step S1610 is skipped, or If the operation button 22 has not been operated after the display of the long press operation start image, the process proceeds to step S1614.

  If the long press counter 512k is greater than 0 (S1612: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1613. Therefore, when the player has operated the operation button 22 when the long press operation start image is displayed and the reception start flag 512n is turned on, and the long press counter 512k is added in step S1610. The process proceeds to S1613.

<Step S1613>
In step S1613, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 has been completed. Specifically, when the third pattern flag 512f is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 has changed from the operation state to the non-operation state, and the operation of the operation button 22 has ended. That is, step S1613 is a process for detecting that the player has stopped pressing the operation button 22. Here, when the operation of the operation button 22 is finished (S1613: Yes), the long press operation effect process is finished. On the other hand, if the operation of the operation button 22 has not ended (No side in S1613), that is, if the operation of the operation button 22 continues, the process proceeds to step S1615.

<Step S1614>
In step S1614, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state, and the operation button has been operated. If it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1614: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1615 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. If it is determined that the operation button 22 has not been operated (S1614: No), the long press operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1615>
In step S1615, the long press counter 512k is incremented by one. As a result, the long press counter 512k stores a counter value corresponding to the operation time within the operation effective period in the long press operation effect.

<Step S1616>
In step S1616, a long press operation effect image corresponding to the value of the long press counter 512k is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of long press operation effect images whose contents change as the value of the long press counter 512k increases. In step S1616, the ROM 611 corresponds to the value of the long press counter 512k. The long press operation effect image is read and displayed. For example, when the long press operation effect is an effect in which the power amount of the power gauge increases in accordance with the long press operation of the operation button 22, an image in which the power amount gradually increases is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Is done.

  In step S1616, a long press operation command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5, and the sound lamp control device 5 outputs a production sound corresponding to the display of the long press operation effect image from the speaker 26, and the long press operation. The illumination part 27 is turned on in a lighting mode corresponding to the operation effect image. For example, it is conceivable that sound or the like suggesting a situation in which the amount of power is gradually increasing is reproduced from the speaker 26 and the sound volume gradually increases. In addition, it is conceivable that the lighting unit 27 gradually increases in the number of lightings and gradually increases in brightness as the amount of power increases. Thereby, in the long press operation effect process, the effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. The sound lamp control device 5 outputs a production sound corresponding to the display of the long press operation effect image and a sound effect corresponding to the long press operation of the operation button 22 from the speaker 26 every time the operation button 22 is operated. . Thereby, the player can obtain the feeling that the long press operation of the operation button 22 is accepted by the sound effect.

<Step S1617>
Next, in step S1617, it is determined whether or not the long press counter 512k has reached the second specified value or more corresponding to the long press operation effect. The second specified value is a value set in step S1309 when it is determined that the content of the effect is a long press operation effect (S1308: Yes). If the long press counter 512k is greater than or equal to the second specified value (S1617: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1618. If the long press counter 512k is not greater than or equal to the second specified value (S1617: No) ), The long press operation effect process ends.

<Step S1618>
In step S <b> 1618, the long press operation result image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341 as a result of the long press operation of the operation button 22. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of long press operation result images corresponding to each type of the long press operation effect. In step S1618, among the plurality of long press operation result images corresponding to the long press operation effect, the long press operation result image selected in accordance with the presence / absence of jackpot occurrence included in the display variation pattern command. Is displayed.

  For example, a long press operation result image including the characters “success!” And a long press operation result image including the characters “failure!” Are stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the long press operation effect, and the display variation The long press operation result image including the characters “success!” Is displayed when the pattern command includes information with occurrence of jackpot, and “failure!” Is displayed when information with no jackpot occurrence is included in the display variation pattern command. It is conceivable to display the long press operation result image including the characters "". Further, the long press operation result image is not limited to an image indicating whether or not a jackpot has occurred, and may be, for example, an image such as a message or a character for suggesting an expected degree of jackpot occurrence.

  In step S1618, a long press operation command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5, and the sound lamp control device 5 outputs a production sound corresponding to the long press operation result image from the speaker 26, and the long press operation result. The illumination unit 27 is turned on in a lighting mode corresponding to the image. Thereby, in the long press operation effect process, the effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. Further, when the gaming machine 10 includes a vibration means such as a vibration motor or a piezoelectric element for vibrating the operation button 22, in step S1618, the long press operation result image is displayed and the vibration means is controlled to operate the operation button. It is also conceivable to show that the jackpot occurrence or the expectation of jackpot is high by oscillating 22.

  In this way, in the long press operation effect process, the long press operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the content of the effect display, and the player can be notified of the presence / absence of jackpot and the expectation level of the jackpot by the effect display. It is possible to give the player a feeling that the player has won the game, and to improve the player's willingness to operate.

<Step S1619>
Thereafter, in step S1619, the long press effect flag 512i and the reception start flag 512n used in the long press operation effect process are turned off, the long press counter 512m is cleared to 0, and the long press operation effect process ends.

<Step S1620>
When it is determined in step S1609 that the operation is not within the effective period (S1609: No), that is, when the effective waiting time has elapsed after the display of the long press operation start image, in the subsequent step S1620, the long An effect end image indicating the end of the push operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Note that it may be possible to make the player recognize the end of the operation effective period by lowering the display brightness of the long press operation start image instead of displaying the effect end image. In step S1620, an effect end command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5, and the sound lamp control device 5 stops the reproduction of the effect sound by the speaker 26 and ends the effect lighting by the electric decoration unit 27.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10, the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 is operated on the condition that the operation button is changed from the non-operation state to the operation state after the long press operation start image is displayed (S1614: Yes). Then, the operation of the operation button 22 is received and reflected in the effect (S1615 to S1616). Here, the MPU 51 when executing the processing is an example of the first operation receiving means. In addition, the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 operates the operation of the long press operation effect when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the long press operation start image (S1609: Yes). According to the condition that the operation state of the operation button 22 determined in advance corresponding to the long press operation as a method is continued (S1614: No), the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted and the operation is reflected in the effect. (S1615 to S1616). Here, the MPU 51 when executing the processing is an example of the second operation receiving means.

  On the other hand, conventionally, in the configuration in which the long press operation preview image is displayed and the operation method of the operation button 22 is notified before the long press operation start image is displayed, the player is notified of the long press operation advance notification. When the operation of the operation button 22 is started at the time when the image is displayed, there is a problem that the operation of the operation button 22 is not detected and is not reflected in the production. In particular, when the operation method of the operation button 22 is a long press, the possibility that the player keeps pressing the operation button 22 is very high. In this case, the player may feel uncomfortable because the operation is not reflected in the performance even though the operation button 22 is operated. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the player operates the operation button 22 after the long press operation preview image is displayed and before the long press operation start image is displayed. Even if the operation state continues until the display of the long press operation start image, the player's operation of the operation button 22 can be reflected from the display time of the long press operation start image. it can. Therefore, for example, it is possible to release the player from the stress that the player misunderstands that the operation button 22 is faulty or the operation button 22 is operated again.

  As described above, when an effect accompanied by the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is executed, after the operation method of the operation button 22 is notified, the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started. There is a possibility that the operation button 22 is kept pressed in the meantime. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10 according to the first embodiment, particularly, the operation method of the operation button 22 is a single operation or a long press operation, and the operation button 22 is notified after the operation method of the operation button 22 is notified. Even when the operation button 22 is kept pressed until the reception of the operation is started, the operation can be reflected in the effect. Further, as described above, when the operation method of the operation button 22 is a continuous hitting operation, the player repeatedly operates the operation button 22. Therefore, after notifying the operation method of the operation button 22 and the like, the operation button 22 Even when the operation button 22 is kept pressed until reception of the operation 22 is started, the process is simplified by ignoring the operation. Of course, as described above, even when the operation content of the operation button 22 is a continuous operation, reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started after notifying the operation method of the operation button 22 and the like, as in the single operation. In the case where the operation button 22 is kept pressed until then, the operation may be reflected in the production.

[Other Embodiments]
Hereinafter, other embodiments of the gaming machine 10 according to the present invention will be described. In the following other embodiments, the description of the same configuration and processing functions as those of the gaming machine 10 described in the first embodiment will be omitted. It should be noted that the configurations and processing functions of the first embodiment and the other embodiments described below can be selected and arbitrarily combined.

[Second Embodiment]
In the first embodiment, in the continuous hit operation effect process (see FIG. 17), the continuous hit counter 512k is added every time the operation button 22 is operated, and the value of the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more. The case where the effect result of the continuous hitting operation effect process is displayed is described. On the other hand, in recent years, a so-called automatic continuous hitting function is known in which a continuous hit counter 512k is added in the same manner as the continuous hit operation when the player performs a long press operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect. As described above, in the above-described repeated operation effect, it is possible to improve the motivation to operate the operation buttons 22 and enhance the interest of the game by improving the degree of freedom of the operation mode of the operation buttons 22 for each player. is there.

  Therefore, in the present embodiment, a configuration of the gaming machine 10 capable of giving a degree of freedom to the operation mode of the player's operation buttons 22 in the continuous hitting operation effect will be described. More specifically, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the operation required for the MPU 51 to display the effect result according to the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the operation effective period in the continuous hit operation effect process. The number of operations of the button 22 is changed. As a result, the player selects an operation timing at which the number of operations required to display the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect process is reduced and operates the operation button 22, for example, an operation in the continuous hit operation effect process. You can enjoy the game while reducing the burden.

  In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5, an addition change table 511f is stored in the ROM 511, and a continuous hitting time counter 512q and an operation determination flag 512r are provided in the RAM 512. .

  FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating an example of the addition change table 511f. The addition change table 511f illustrated in FIG. 20 is an example of table information in which an operation effective period and an addition change time are stored in association with each type of the consecutive hit operation effect. In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, since there are two effects Y03 and Y04 as the types of consecutive hit operation effects, in the addition change table 511f, for each of the two effects Y03 and Y04, the operation effective period and The correspondence relationship of the addition change time is set. In the present embodiment, the operation effective period is a time during which the operation of the operation button 22 is effective, and the addition change time is an operation result of the operation button 22 by the player within the operation effective period in the continuous hit operation effect. Is the time for determining the timing of switching.

[Another example of continuous operation effect processing]
Hereinafter, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, an example of a continuous hitting operation effect process executed by the MPU 51 will be described. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of the continuous hitting operation effect process. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected about the process sequence similar to the continuous striking operation effect process shown by FIG. 17, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

<Step S5201>
When the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started in the step S1508, in the subsequent step S5201, the value of the continuous hitting time counter 512q is set to a value corresponding to the time set as the operation effective period of the current continuous hitting operation effect. Set. The continuous hitting time counter 512q is subtracted in step S5202 described later, and reset to 0 in step S1515. Thereby, the MPU 51 can determine the remaining time of the operation valid period based on the value of the continuous hitting time counter 512q.

<Step S5202>
In step S5202, the value of the continuous hitting time counter 512q is subtracted, whereby the remaining time of the operation effective period in the current continuous hitting operation effect is subtracted. More specifically, every time step S5202 of the continuous hitting operation effect process is executed, the value of the continuous hitting time counter 512q is subtracted by a predetermined value corresponding to 4 ms which is the execution interval of the timer interrupt process. .

<Step S5203>
In step S5203, it is determined whether the current time is the last preset specific period within the operation valid period. Specifically, the specific period is after the remaining time of the operation effective period of the operation effective period has reached or less than the addition change time corresponding to the type of the continuous hit operation effect executed in the game time. This is a period until the operation valid period ends. That is, when the value of the continuous hitting time counter 512q reaches a value equal to or smaller than the counter value corresponding to the addition change time, it is determined that the current time is the specific period. If it is determined that the current time is the specific period (S5203: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5231. If it is determined that the current period is not the specific period (S5203: No), the process proceeds to step S1510. Transition.

<Step S5231>
In step S5231, it is determined whether notification of the start of the specific period is necessary. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines that the notification of the start of the specific period is necessary when the operation determination flag 512r is off when the notification has not been made in the next step S5232, and the next step S5232 In the case where the notification has been already made or when the operation determination flag 512r is on, it is determined that the notification of the start of the specific period is not necessary. For example, the RAM 512 is provided with a notification flag that is set to ON at the time of notification in the next step S5232 and reset to OFF in the step S1515, and the notification in the next step S5232 is performed based on the notification flag. It is determined whether or not. Here, when it is determined that notification of the start of the specific period is necessary (S5231: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5232, and it is determined that notification of the start of the specific period is not necessary (S5231: No), the process proceeds to step S1510.

<Step S5232>
In step S5232, the player is notified of the start of the specific period. Specifically, the MPU 51 notifies the player of the start of the specific period by displaying a message or the like indicating that the effect result of the continuous hitting operation effect process is displayed by a single operation of the operation button 22. For example, the message is a message such as “If you decide with one shot, now! Press!”. The method for notifying the start of the specific period is not limited to display, and may be performed using sound or illumination. Further, in step S5232, the display mode such as the color of an image (image F1 described later) indicating the remaining time of the operation valid period is changed instead of the message display or in combination with the message display. It is also possible. For example, the change in the display mode may be a change in color scheme, inversion of color scheme, start of blinking, or the like. It should be noted that the steps S5203, S5231, and S5232 may be omitted in the continuous hitting operation effect process.

<Step S5204>
If it is determined in the step S1510 that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1510: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5204. In step S5204, it is determined whether or not the operation determination flag 512r is on. The operation determination flag 512r is used to determine whether or not the processing content at the time of operating the operation button 22 in the continuous hitting operation effect has been changed. The operation determination flag 512r is set to ON in step S5206, which will be described later. To reset it off. If it is determined that the operation determination flag 512r is on (S5204: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1511. If it is determined that the operation determination flag 512r is off (S5204: No), the process proceeds to step S1511. The process moves to S5205.

<Step S5205>
In step S5205, as in step S5203, it is determined whether the current time is within the specific period. If it is determined that the specific period is reached (S5205: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5251. If it is determined that it is not the specific period (S5205: No), the process proceeds to step S5206. .

<Step S5206>
In step S5206, the operation determination flag 512r is set to ON, the process proceeds to step S1511, and 1 is added to the continuous hit counter 512k. That is, in the continuous hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment, the operation determination flag 512r is turned on when the operation button 22 is operated before the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time. Is set. On the other hand, if the operation button 22 is not operated before the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time, the operation determination flag 512r remains off.

<Step S5251>
On the other hand, in step S5251, the repeated hit counter 512k is added by an addition value that is at least equal to or greater than the first specified value. For example, the added value is an upper limit value of a value set as the first specified value of the continuous hitting operation effect. Thus, when the addition value is added to the continuous hit counter 512k, the continuous hit counter 512k becomes a value equal to or greater than the first specified value.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 22, an example of the execution result of the continuous hitting operation effect process executed in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment will be described. In FIG. 22, the display similar to that in FIG. 19 is omitted, and will be described with reference to FIG.

  When the reach effect is started as shown in FIG. 19A, the player is given an operation method and an operation purpose of the operation button 22 at a preset timing, as shown in FIG. 22A. A continuous operation notification image for notification is displayed. Thereafter, when a predetermined time elapses after the continuous hitting operation notification image is displayed, a continuous hitting operation start image for notifying the player of an operation start instruction for the operation button 22 is displayed as shown in FIG. The player is notified of an operation start instruction for the operation button 22. As shown in FIG. 22B, the symbol display unit 341 displays an image F1 indicating the operation effective period and the remaining time of the operation effective period. Here, a clock-shaped image is taken as an example of the image F1, but the image F1 may be a linear or curved display bar, for example.

  As shown in FIG. 22 (C), in the image F1 displayed on the symbol display unit 341, one round of the clock corresponds to the entire operation effective period, and the image F1 is displayed as the remaining time of the operation effective period decreases. The display mode, such as the color or density, changes. Specifically, when the remaining time of the operation effective period is not less than or equal to the addition change time, as shown in FIG. 22C, in the image F1, a region indicating the remaining time of the operation effective period has a low density. It is displayed in a color color such as blue or white, and a region indicating the elapsed time is displayed in a color color such as high density blue or black. Note that image data for transitioning the image F1 is stored in the ROM 611 or the like, and the MPU 61 sequentially updates the image F1 so that the remaining time of the operation effective period is gradually shortened.

  Then, when the operation button 22 is operated before the specific period in which the remaining time of the operation effective period is equal to or shorter than the addition change time, the operation determination flag 512r is turned on, and FIG. As in the case shown, display transition is performed in accordance with the repeated operation of the operation button 22. Specifically, when the continuous hitting counter 512k is added according to the continuous hitting operation of the operation button 22, and the continuous hitting counter 512k reaches the first specified value, as shown in FIGS. 19 (F) to 19 (I). The continuous hitting operation result image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. That is, when the lottery result is a big hit, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 becomes full as shown in FIG. 19 (F), and “big hit!” Is shown as shown in FIG. 19 (G). A message is displayed. On the other hand, if the lottery result is out of place, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 decreases as shown in FIG. 19 (H), and the message “Sorry!” As shown in FIG. 19 (I). Is displayed.

  On the other hand, when the remaining time of the operation effective period reaches the specific period that is equal to or shorter than the addition change time, the player performs a single operation of the operation button 22 by the step S5232 as shown in FIG. A message for prompting is displayed, and the display mode such as the color of the image F1 also changes. For example, when the specific period is reached, as shown in FIG. 22D, a message “If you decide with one shot, now! Press!” Is displayed. Further, the color scheme of one or both of the high density area and the low density area in the image F1 is also changed from blue to red, for example. Note that the start of blinking of the image F1 and the reduction or enlargement of the size of the image F1 are also considered as examples of the change in the display mode.

  If the operation button 22 has not been operated before the specific period and the operation button 22 has been operated even once within the specific period, the operation button 22 is operated once. Accordingly, as shown in FIGS. 19 (F) to 19 (I), the continuous hitting operation result image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Specifically, when the lottery result is a big hit, as shown in FIG. 19F, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 is instantly filled, and as shown in FIG. The message “Big hit!” Is displayed. On the other hand, when the lottery result is out of place, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 does not increase as shown in FIG. 19 (H), and “unfortunately!” As shown in FIG. 19 (I). A message is displayed.

  As described above, in the continuous hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated before the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time, The continuous hit operation effect is executed as usual, and the effect result is displayed according to the continuous hit operation of the operation button 22. On the other hand, if the operation button 22 is not operated until the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time, then the single operation of the operation button 22 is performed during the specific period immediately before the end of the operation effective period. The result of the continuous hitting operation effect process is displayed.

  Therefore, the player who wants to perform the continuous hit operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect process operates his / her operation button 22 until the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time. It is possible to play a game according to. Further, even if the player does not want to perform the continuous operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous operation operation effect process, the single operation of the operation button 22 is performed after the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time. Thus, it is possible to see the effect result of the continuous hitting operation effect process.

  In the present embodiment, the case has been described in which the addition value is increased so that the continuous hitting counter 512k becomes equal to or larger than the first specified value in the step S5251. However, the step S5251 may be omitted. Specifically, when the operation button 22 is operated in the continuous hitting operation effect process (S1510: Yes), the operation determination flag 512r is off (S5204: No), and when it is within the specific period (S5205). : Yes), it is conceivable that the process proceeds to step S1514.

[Third Embodiment]
In the second embodiment, priority is given to a player who wants to perform the continuous operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous operation effect, and the remaining time of the operation effective period is not changed and the addition change is performed. The case where the effect result of the continuous hitting operation effect process is displayed by one operation of the operation button 22 when the time is below the time has been described. In this case, a player who wants to display an effect result by operating the operation button 22 once operates the operation button 22 after waiting until the operation valid period reaches the addition change time or less. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a description will be given of the configuration of 10 gaming machines capable of giving priority to a player who wants to display an effect result by operating the operation button 22 once. The description of the same configuration and processing as those of the second embodiment is omitted.

  FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating an example of the addition change table 511f. The addition change table 511f illustrated in FIG. 23 is an example of table information in which an operation effective period and an addition change time are stored in association with each type of the consecutive hit operation effect. In the present embodiment, since there are two effects Y03 and Y04 as types of the repeated operation effects, in the addition change table 511f, the operation effective period and the addition change time for each of the two effects Y03 and Y04. Is set. The addition change time in the addition change table 511f according to the present embodiment is set longer than the addition change time in the addition change table 511f according to the second embodiment.

  In the second embodiment, the last preset period in the operation effective period is described as the specific period. In the present embodiment, the remaining time of the operation effective period is equal to or less than the addition change time. A time period up to, that is, a first preset period in the operation effective period will be described as a specific period.

[Another example of continuous operation effect processing]
FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing an example of the continuous hitting operation effect process according to this embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected about the process sequence similar to the continuous striking operation effect process shown by FIG.17 and FIG.21, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. Specifically, in the continuous hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment, step S5301 is executed at the start of reception of the operation button 22. Further, steps S5233 to S5234 are executed instead of the steps S5221 to S5232, and step S5302 is executed instead of the step S5205.

<Step S5301>
First, in step S5201, when the operation valid period is set, the process proceeds to step S5301. In step S5301, a message for notifying that the effect result is displayed by a single operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous hitting operation effect process is displayed in the same manner as in step S5232, and the player is allowed to display the message. Announce the start of a specific period. For example, it may be a message such as “If you decide with one shot, now! Press!” The content of the single operation change display is not particularly limited as long as the player can recognize that the effect result is displayed by the single operation of the operation button 22. In step S5301, the step S5301 may be omitted.

<Step S5203>
In step S5203, it is determined whether the current time is the first preset specific period within the operation effective period. Specifically, the specific period corresponds to a type of the continuous hit operation effect that is executed in the game time after the operation effective period of the operation effective period starts. This is a period until the addition change time is reached. That is, when the value of the continuous hitting time counter 512q does not reach the counter value corresponding to the addition change time, it is determined that the current time is the specific period. If it is determined that the current time is the specific period (S5203: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5233. If it is determined that the current period is not the specific period (S5203: No), the process proceeds to step S1510. Transition.

<Step S5233>
In step S5231, it is determined whether notification of the end of the specific period is necessary. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines that notification of the end of the specific period is necessary when the operation determination flag 512r is off when the notification has not been made in the next step S5234, and the next step S5234. In the case where the notification has been already made or when the operation determination flag 512r is turned on, it is determined that notification of the end of the specific period is not necessary. For example, the RAM 512 is provided with a notification flag that is set to ON at the time of notification in the next step S5234 and reset to OFF in the step S1515, and the notification in the next step S5234 is performed based on the notification flag. It is determined whether or not. Here, when it is determined that notification of the end of the specific period is necessary (S5233: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5234, and it is determined that notification of the end of the specific period is not necessary (S5234: No), the process proceeds to step S1510.

<Step S5234>
In step S5232, the player is notified of the end of the specific period. Specifically, the MPU 51 notifies the player of the end of the specific period by displaying a message or the like indicating that the effect result of the repeated hitting operation effect process is displayed by the repeated hitting operation of the operation button 22. For example, the message may be a message such as “Let's hit repeatedly!”. The method for notifying the end of the specific period is not limited to display, and may be performed using sound or illumination. Further, in step S5234, instead of the message display or in combination with the message display, the display mode such as the color of an image (image F1 described later) indicating the remaining time of the operation effective period is changed. It is also possible. For example, the change in the display mode may be a change in color scheme, inversion of color scheme, start of blinking, or the like. It should be noted that the steps S5203, S5233, and S5234 may be omitted in the continuous hitting operation effect process.

<Step S5302>
In step S5302, it is determined whether the current time is within the specific period, as in step S5203. If it is determined that the specific period is reached (S5302: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5251. If it is determined that the specific period is not reached (S5302: No), the process proceeds to step S5206. .

<Step S5206>
In step S5206, the operation determination flag 512r is set to ON, the process proceeds to step S1511, and 1 is added to the continuous hit counter 512k. That is, in the continuous hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment, the operation determination flag 512r is turned on when the operation button 22 is operated before the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time. Is set. On the other hand, if the operation button 22 is not operated before the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time, the operation determination flag 512r remains off.

<Step S5251>
On the other hand, in step S5251, the repeated hit counter 512k is added by an addition value that is at least equal to or greater than the first specified value. For example, the added value is an upper limit value of a value set as the first specified value of the continuous hitting operation effect. Thus, when the addition value is added to the continuous hit counter 512k, the continuous hit counter 512k becomes a value equal to or greater than the first specified value.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 25, an example of an execution result of the continuous hitting operation effect process executed in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment will be described. In FIG. 25, the same display as in FIG. 19 is omitted, and will be described with reference to FIG.

  When the reach effect is started as shown in FIG. 19A, the player is given an operation method and an operation purpose of the operation button 22 at a preset timing as shown in FIG. 25A. A continuous operation notification image for notification is displayed. Thereafter, when a predetermined time elapses after the continuous hit operation notification image is displayed, a continuous hit operation start image for notifying the player of an operation start instruction of the operation button 22 is displayed as shown in FIG. The player is notified of an operation start instruction for the operation button 22. As shown in FIG. 25B, the symbol display unit 341 displays an image F1 showing the operation effective period and the remaining time of the operation effective period.

  In step S5301, a message for prompting the player to perform a single operation of the operation button 22 is displayed as shown in FIG. For example, as shown in FIG. 25C, a message “If you decide with one shot, now! Press!” Is displayed. In the image F1 displayed on the symbol display unit 341, as shown in FIG. 25C, one round of the clock corresponds to the entire operation effective period, and the image is displayed as the remaining time of the operation effective period decreases. The display mode such as the color or density in F1 changes. Specifically, until the remaining time of the operation effective period reaches the addition change time or less, as shown in FIG. 25C, an area indicating the remaining time of the operation effective period is high in the image F1. The area indicating the elapsed time is displayed in a color color such as red having a density of red or black, and the area indicating the elapsed time is displayed in a color color such as red having a low density or black. In the image F1, a line segment F11 indicating the start position of the specific period and a line segment F12 indicating the end position of the specific period are also shown.

  When the operation button 22 is operated within the specific period, that is, when the operation button 22 is operated with the operation determination flag 512r being off, the continuous hit counter 512k becomes equal to or greater than the first specified value. Is added. As a result, when the lottery result is a big hit, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 becomes full as shown in FIG. 19 (F), and “big hit!” As shown in FIG. 19 (G). Message is displayed. On the other hand, when the lottery result is out of place, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 does not increase as shown in FIG. 19 (H), and “unfortunately!” As shown in FIG. 19 (I). A message is displayed.

  On the other hand, when the remaining time of the operation effective period reaches the addition change time or less, that is, when the specific period ends, the step S5234 indicates to the player as shown in FIG. The message “0” for prompting the continuous operation of the operation button 22 is displayed, and the display mode such as the color of the image F1 also changes. For example, as shown in FIG. 25D, a message “Let's hit repeatedly!” Is displayed. In addition, the color scheme of one or both of the high density area and the low density area in the image F1 is also changed from red to blue, for example. Note that the end of the blinking of the image F1 and the reduction or enlargement of the size of the image F1 are also considered as examples of the change in the display mode.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 25D to FIG. 25F, display transitions corresponding to the repeated operation of the operation button 22 are executed as in the case shown in FIG. Specifically, when the continuous hitting counter 512k is added according to the continuous hitting operation of the operation button 22, and the continuous hitting counter 512k reaches the first specified value, as shown in FIGS. 19 (F) to 19 (I). The continuous hitting operation result image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. That is, when the lottery result is a big hit, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 becomes full as shown in FIG. 19 (F), and “big hit!” Is shown as shown in FIG. 19 (G). A message is displayed. On the other hand, if the lottery result is out of place, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 decreases as shown in FIG. 19 (H), and the message “Sorry!” As shown in FIG. 19 (I). Is displayed.

  As described above, in the repeated hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment, the repeated hitting operation effect is performed by a single operation of the operation button 22 until the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time. The effect of the process is displayed. On the other hand, if the operation button 22 is not operated until the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time, a normal continuous operation effect is executed according to the subsequent continuous operation of the operation button 22. The effect result is displayed according to the continuous hitting operation.

  Therefore, a player who does not want to repeatedly operate the operation button 22 in the repeated operation operation effect process operates the operation button 22 in the specific period immediately after the start of the operation effective period, thereby producing the effect of the repeated operation effect process. It is possible to see the result. It should be noted that a player who wants to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 in the consecutive hit operation effect process can play a game according to his / her intention by starting the consecutive hit operation of the operation button 22 after the elapse of the specific period. It is.

  In the present embodiment, the case has been described in which the addition value is increased so that the continuous hitting counter 512k becomes equal to or larger than the first specified value in the step S5251. However, the step S5251 may be omitted. Specifically, when the operation button 22 is operated (S1510: Yes) in the continuous hitting operation effect process, the operation determination flag 512r is off (S5204: No), and the operation valid period is equal to or less than the addition change time. If not reached (S5302: No), it is conceivable that the process proceeds to step S1514.

[Fourth Embodiment]
In the second embodiment, a case has been described in which the player can select either a continuous operation or a single operation of the operation button 22 according to the operation timing within the operation effective period in the continuous operation effect. In such a configuration, it is possible for the player to freely select the continuous hit operation and the single shot operation in the continuous hit operation effect processing, but the player can start and end the specific period in the operation effective period. It is necessary to notify the player of the timing. On the other hand, in this embodiment, in the continuous hit operation effect, by changing the addition value according to the operation timing of the operation button in the operation valid period, the repeated operation operation effect can be performed with a smaller number of operations as the operation timing is delayed. A description will be given of ten configurations of gaming machines that can see the effect of processing.

  FIG. 26 shows an example of the addition change table 511f. The addition change table 511f illustrated in FIG. 26 is an example of table information in which an operation valid period, an addition change time, and an addition value are associated and stored for each type of the continuous hitting operation effect. In the present embodiment, since there are two effects Y03 and Y04 as types of the continuous operation effects, in the addition change table 511f, the operation effective period, the addition change time, and the addition value for the two effects Y03 and the effect Y04. Is set. In the present embodiment, the addition change time is used to determine the timing for changing the addition value corresponding to the operation of the operation button 22 by the player within the operation effective period in the continuous hit operation effect. The added value is used as an added value to the continuous hit counter 512k when the remaining time of the operation effective period reaches each of the addition change times. As shown in FIG. 26, in the addition change table 511f, the addition value decreases as the addition change time decreases, that is, the addition value decreases as the remaining time of the operation effective period decreases. It has become.

[Another example of continuous operation effect processing]
Hereinafter, an example of the continuous hitting operation effect process executed in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing an example of the continuous hitting operation effect process. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected about the process sequence similar to the continuous striking operation effect process shown by FIG. 21, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. Specifically, in the continuous hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment, step S5401 is executed instead of step S5251 (see FIG. 21).

<Step S5205>
First, in the continuous hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment, it is determined in step S5205 whether or not the remaining time of the current operation valid period is equal to or shorter than the addition change time corresponding to the remaining time. For example, the MPU 51 determines whether or not the remaining time of the operation effective period is equal to or shorter than the longest addition change time among the predetermined addition change times set corresponding to the type of the continuous hit operation effect in the addition change table 511f. Judge whether or not. If it is determined that the remaining time is equal to or shorter than the addition change time (S5205: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5401.

<Step S5401>
In step S5401, the repeated hit counter 512k is added by an addition amount corresponding to the remaining time of the operation effective period. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines the addition amount based on the addition change table 511f and the remaining time of the current operation effective period (continuous hitting time counter 512q), and adds the added amount to the continuous hitting counter 512k. That is, the added value added to the continuous hit counter 512k in step S5401 is changed so as to increase stepwise as the remaining time of the operation effective period decreases. For example, in the case of production Y03, the added value is 8 if the remaining time is 2 s or less, and 32 if the remaining time is 1 s or less. In particular, if the remaining time is 0.5 s or less, the added value is the same as the first specified value or a value greater than the first specified value.

  Thereby, in the gaming machine 10, in the specific period in which the remaining time of the operation effective period is equal to or shorter than the addition change time, the added value increases as the remaining time becomes shorter, and the operation with fewer operation buttons 22 is performed. It is possible to make the continuous hitting counter 512k reach the first specified value or more by the number of times. Therefore, a player who does not want to repeatedly operate the operation button 22 in the continuous operation operation effect process operates the operation button 22 after the remaining period of the operation effective period is less than the addition change time. Thus, it is possible to see the effect of the repeated operation effect processing with a small number of operations. In particular, when the remaining time becomes extremely short, it is possible to view the effect of the continuous hitting operation effect process with a single operation of the operation button 22 in the shortest time.

[Fifth Embodiment]
In the present embodiment, another example of the addition change table 511f used in the fourth embodiment will be described.

  First, as described above, in the gaming machine 10, repeated hitting operation effects such as display of repeated hitting effect images, sound reproduction, and lighting control corresponding to the value of the repeated hitting counter 512 k are executed by the repeated hitting operation effect processing. . For example, FIG. 28 (A) shows an example of a repetitive strike effect image table 511g in which the correspondence between the value of the repetitive strike counter 512k and the repetitive strike effect image is defined for each type of repetitive strike operation effect. . In addition, the continuous impact effect image table 511g is stored in the ROM 511 of the MPU 51 as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 28 (A), in the repeated hitting effect image table 511g, the repeated hitting effect image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 changes according to an increase in the value of the repeated hitting counter 512k. In addition, since it is the same also about an audio | voice and illumination, description is abbreviate | omitted here.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10, the value of the first specified value may be different depending on whether the lottery result is a big hit or not. In particular, as described in the first embodiment, the first specified value may be larger when the lottery result is out of place than when the lottery result is a big hit. . In this case, when the addition change table 511f (see FIG. 26) described in the fourth embodiment is always used, the balance between the addition value and the first specified value is a big hit in the lottery result. It depends on whether or not.

  That is, if each of the added values is set to a smaller value in accordance with the case where the lottery result is a big hit, the consecutive hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value when the lottery result is out of place. It takes time until the operation button 22 is operated more times. On the other hand, if each of the added values is set to a larger value in accordance with the case where the lottery result is out of the range, the consecutive hit counter 512k instantaneously reaches the first specified value when the lottery result is a big hit. Therefore, the number of display of the continuous hit effect image in the continuous hit operation effect process is also reduced.

  Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the MPU 51 determines that the correspondence between the remaining time of the operation valid period and the added value is based on table information set in advance corresponding to each type of the lottery result. A case where the addition value is changed will be described. FIG. 28B shows an example of the addition change table 511f which is an example of the table information. In the addition change table 511f shown in FIG. 28B, the addition value corresponding to each addition change time is set in advance for each type of lottery result (big hit, miss). More specifically, in the addition change table 511f shown in FIG. 28B, the addition value increases as the addition change time decreases, but the value of the addition value is a case where the lottery result is out of place. It is smaller when the lottery result is a big hit.

  In step S5401 (see FIG. 27), the MPU 51 determines based on the addition change table 511f shown in FIG. 28B, the type of the lottery result in the game times, and the remaining time of the operation valid period. The addition value is determined and added to the continuous hit counter 512k.

  In the gaming machine 10 in which the addition change table 511f configured as described above is used, a player who does not want to repeatedly operate the operation button 22 in the consecutive hit operation effect process indicates that the remaining time of the operation effective period is the additional change time. By operating the operation button 22 after the following, it is possible to see the effect of the repeated operation effect processing with a small number of operations. In particular, since the addition value differs depending on the type of the lottery result, even if the lottery result is either a big hit or missed, if the remaining time of the operation valid period is not extremely short, The operation of the button 22 can also be used to see the transition of the continuous hit effect image. Here, two types of jackpot and miss are described as the types of the lottery results, but the relationship between the remaining time of the operation valid period and the added value may be set for each of more types.

[Sixth Embodiment]
In the present embodiment, instead of the addition change table 511f described in the fourth embodiment or the fifth embodiment, a gaming machine 10 that uses an arithmetic expression such as a preset linear function or quadratic function is used. The configuration of will be described. Specifically, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, instead of the addition change table 511f, the remaining time and the added value are increased so that the added value increases as the remaining time of the operation effective period decreases. An arithmetic expression in which the relationship is determined is stored in the ROM 511. FIG. 29 is a graph showing an example of the arithmetic expression. As shown in FIG. 29, in the calculation formula, when the remaining time of the operation effective period reaches the addition change time or less, the addition value gradually increases as the remaining time decreases.

  In step S5401, the MPU 51 calculates the addition value based on the remaining time of the current operation valid period and the arithmetic expression, and adds the addition value to the repeated hit counter 512k. Thereby, in the gaming machine 10, when the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time, the added value increases as the remaining time becomes shorter. It is possible to reach 512k above the first specified value. Therefore, a player who does not want to repeatedly operate the operation button 22 in the continuous operation operation effect process operates the operation button 22 after the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time, thereby reducing the number of operations. It is possible to view the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect process by the number of times. In addition, since the added value gradually increases as the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes shorter, it is possible to show the player to the consecutive hit effect image according to the operation of the operation button 22. Further, the arithmetic expression may also be set individually for each type of the lottery result as in the fifth embodiment.

[Seventh Embodiment]
In the sixth embodiment, a case has been described in which the added value gradually increases after the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time. On the other hand, the added value may be gradually increased from the start of the operation effective period without determining whether or not it is the addition change time or less. FIG. 30 is a graph showing another example of the arithmetic expression, and FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing another example of the repeated operation effect processing.

  In the graph corresponding to the arithmetic expression shown in FIG. 30, the remaining time decreases in the right direction, and the added value gradually increases as the remaining time decreases. In the continuous hit operation effect process shown in FIG. 31, steps S5204 to S5206, S1511, and S5401 are omitted, and step S5501 is executed, compared to the continuous hit operation effect process shown in FIG. Is done. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected about the process sequence similar to the continuous striking operation effect process shown by FIG. 27, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

<Step S5501>
Specifically, if it is determined in step S1510 that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1510: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5501. In step S5501, the repeated hit counter 512k is incremented by an addition amount corresponding to the remaining time of the operation valid period, as in step S5401. Specifically, the MPU 51 calculates the amount of addition based on the remaining time of the operation effective period and the arithmetic expression, and adds the amount of addition to the repeated hitting counter 512k. Then, according to the arithmetic expression, the added value increases stepwise as the remaining time decreases immediately after the operation effective period starts.

  Thereby, in the gaming machine 10, the additional value increases as the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes shorter, and the continuous hit counter 512k is made to reach the first specified value or more with a small number of operations of the operation button 22. Is possible. Therefore, a player who does not want to repeatedly operate the operation button 22 in the continuous operation operation effect process operates the operation button 22 after the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes short, so that the continuous operation can be performed with a small number of operations. It is possible to see the effect result of the effect process.

[Eighth Embodiment]
Even if the player wants to see the effect of the continuous hit operation effect process, if the player is tired or has other errands, the operation button 22 is repeatedly operated during the continuous hit operation effect. Can be considered. In the present embodiment, when the player intends to see the effect of the continuous hit operation effect process, even when the continuous hit operation of the operation button 22 is finished, the same operation as when the continuous hit operation is automatically performed is performed. A description will be given of 10 configurations of gaming machines capable of executing processing.

  However, even if the continuous hitting operation of the operation button 22 is stopped, the continuous hitting counter 512k is automatically added, and if the continuous hitting effect image is sequentially changed and displayed, the player is informed that the operation button 22 or the gaming machine 10 has failed. There is a risk of misunderstanding. On the other hand, in the continuous hit operation effect process according to the present embodiment, even if the player stops the operation of the operation button 22, the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect process is displayed without giving a sense of incongruity. The

  FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing an example of the continuous hitting operation effect process executed by the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected about the process sequence similar to the structure similar to the said 4th Embodiment, and the continuous striking operation effect process shown by FIG. 27, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. Specifically, in the continuous hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment, steps S5601 to S5602 are executed before the step S5401.

<Step S5601>
First, in step S1510, if it is determined that the operation button 22 is not operated (S1510: No), the process proceeds to step S5601. In step S5601, it is determined whether the remaining time of the operation effective period is equal to or less than a preset lower limit value. The lower limit value is a time used to determine the timing for displaying the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect process, and is immediately before the operation effective period elapses, for example, 0.5 s or 1 s. It is determined as the time for judging. The lower limit value may be the same as the addition change time.

  Here, if it is determined that the remaining time of the operation effective period is equal to or less than the lower limit value (S5601: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5602, and the remaining time of the operation effective period is not equal to or less than the lower limit value. If it is determined (S5601: No), the continuous hitting operation effect process is ended.

<Step S5602>
In step S5602, it is determined whether or not the operation determination flag 512r is on. That is, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated by the player within the specific period. If it is determined that the operation determination flag 512r is turned on (S5602: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5401, and the repeated hit counter 512k is added, and it is determined that the operation determination flag 512r is turned off. (S5602: No), the continuous hitting operation effect process ends.

  Then, when the remaining time of the operation valid period is equal to or less than the lower limit value and the operation determination flag 512r is on, the step is performed at a cycle (4 ms) in which the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 11) is executed. S5401 is executed. Further, the added value added to the continuous hitting counter 512k in step S5401 also increases as the remaining time of the operation valid period is shorter. Therefore, when the remaining time of the operation effective period reaches the lower limit value or less, the value of the repeated hit counter 512k is rapidly added to the first specified value or more until the operation effective period ends, and the repeated hit The effect result of the operation effect process is displayed.

  In the example shown in FIG. 32, the operation determination flag 512r is turned on when the operation button 22 is operated during a period outside the specific period in the operation effective period. It is also conceivable as another embodiment that the operation determination flag 512r is turned on when the operation button 22 is operated a predetermined number of times at least twice or more in a period outside the specific period in the period.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated by the player outside the specific period in the operation effective period, the remaining time of the operation effective period is When the value is lower than the lower limit value, the repeated hit counter 512k is automatically added to the first specified value, and the effect result of the repeated hit operation effect process is displayed. Thereby, for example, even if the player wants to see the effect of the continuous hit operation effect processing and performs the continuous hit operation of the operation button 22 and then gets tired and stops the continuous hit operation automatically, It is possible to display the effect result of the effect process. Further, in a short period immediately before the end of the operation valid period, the repeated hit counter 512k is automatically added to the first specified value or more, and the effect result of the repeated hit operation effect process is displayed. Therefore, it seems that such an operation is one of the effects in the continuous operation effect, and the interest of the game is enhanced, and the possibility that the game machine 10 and the operation button 22 are mistaken for the failure is reduced.

  Further, in the present embodiment, when the step S5401 is executed through the steps S5601 to S5602, in the step S5401, the continuous hitting counter 512k is within a range that reaches the first specified value or more during the remaining time. It is conceivable to intermittently add the added value to the continuous hit counter 512k. That is, it is conceivable that the added value is added to the repeated hit counter 512k only once every time the step S5401 is executed a plurality of times. Further, in this case, the added value added to the round-off counter 512k at a time may be a smaller value than when the step S5401 is executed through the step S5205. According to these configurations, the continuous hit counter 512k is added stepwise in the remaining time that is equal to or less than the lower limit value in the operation effective period, and as many of the continuous hit effect images can be shown to the player. Is possible.

  In addition, when the step S5401 is executed through the steps S5601 to S5602, when the step S5401 is executed for the first time, the MPU 51 determines that the first specified value and the current repeated hit counter 512k in the game time. The value obtained by dividing the difference by the number of times that the step S5401 can be executed by the remaining time of the current effective period (the value obtained by dividing the remaining time by the execution period of 4 ms) is calculated. It can be considered to set as the addition value. Thus, the continuous hitting counter 512k can reliably reach the first specified value within the operation effective period, and it is possible to show as many of the repeated hitting effect images to the player.

[Ninth Embodiment]
As described above, a so-called automatic continuous hitting function that reduces the burden of a player's repeated hitting operation by accepting a long press operation of the operation button 22 as a continuous hitting operation of the operation button 22 is generally known. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the automatic continuous hitting function is enabled when the first operation button 22 is operated during a specific period set in advance during the operation effective period instead of the long press operation of the operation button 22. Next, 10 configurations of the gaming machine capable of starting automatic addition of the continuous hitting counter 512k will be described.

  FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing an example of the repeated hitting operation effect process according to this embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected about the process sequence similar to the continuous striking operation effect process shown by FIG. 27, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. Specifically, steps S5701 to S5702 are executed in the continuous hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment. In the continuous hitting operation effect process according to the present embodiment, steps S5204, S5206, and S5401 shown in FIG. 27 are omitted.

<Step S5701>
First, in step S1509, if it is determined that the current time is within the operation valid period (S1509: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5701. In step S5701, it is determined whether or not an automatic continuous hitting flag, which will be described later, is on. The automatic continuous hit flag is provided in the RAM 512, and is used to determine whether the automatic continuous hit function is valid or invalid in the continuous hit operation effect. The automatic continuous hit flag is set to ON in step S5702 to be described later and turned OFF in step S1515. Reset.

<Step S5702>
If it is determined in step S5205 that the current time is within the specific period (S5205: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5702. In step S5702, the automatic continuous hit flag is set to ON. As a result, the automatic continuous hitting function becomes effective, and when the continuous hitting operation effect processing is executed next, the process proceeds to step S1511 in step S5701, and automatic addition of the continuous hitting counter 512k is started. As a result, the player can view the effect of the continuous hitting operation effect process only by operating the operation button 22 once with the remaining time of the operation effective period being equal to or shorter than the addition change time.

  In the present embodiment, a message indicating that the automatic continuous hitting function can be enabled by operating the operation button 22 at the start of the specific period in which the remaining time of the operation effective period is equal to or less than the addition change time. Or the like may be displayed on the symbol display unit 341 to notify the player to that effect. Thereby, the player can easily recognize a period during which the automatic continuous hitting function can be made effective.

  Further, when the automatic continuous hitting function is valid, the value added to the continuous hitting counter 512k may be smaller than when the automatic continuous hitting function is invalid. For example, when the automatic continuous hitting function is invalid, the continuous hitting counter 512k is incremented by 5 for each operation of the operation button 22, and when the automatic continuous hitting function is valid, the repeated hitting counter 512k is incremented by one. It can be considered. Thereby, when the automatic continuous hitting function is effective, it takes a long time until the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more, and it is possible to sequentially show the continuous hit effect image to the player.

  In the present embodiment, when it is determined in step S5205 that it is a preset specific period immediately before the end of the operation effective period, the process proceeds to step S5702, and immediately before the end of the operation effective period. The case where the automatic continuous hitting function is enabled when the operation button 22 is operated has been described. On the other hand, instead of step S5205, it is determined whether or not it is a predetermined specific period immediately after the start of the operation effective period, as in step S5302 (see FIG. 24), and it is determined that it is the specific period. If it is determined (S5205: Yes), the process may be shifted to step S5702 as another embodiment. That is, it is conceivable that the automatic continuous hitting function becomes effective when the operation button 22 is operated immediately after the operation effective period starts. It is also conceivable that the MPU 51 displays on the symbol display unit 341 the start or end of the specific period to the effect that the automatic continuous hitting function is enabled by operating the operation button 22. Further, the MPU 51 may display on the symbol display unit 341 that the automatic continuous hitting function has been activated in accordance with the operation of the operation button 22.

[Tenth embodiment]
In the consecutive hit operation effect process (see FIG. 17) described in the first embodiment, when the lottery result is out of place, the first specified value that the repeated hit counter 512k does not reach by the repeated hit operation of the operation button 22 is used. May be set. In such a case, for example, if the continuous striking effect image is the power gauge, a state in which the power gauge has been accumulated until slightly before a full tank of the power gauge continues for a long time. Here, the operation button 22 may be continuously operated with the expectation that the power gauge becomes full. In this case, if the power gauge does not become full as a result, There is a possibility that the player may have a feeling of weakness after the operation, and that the willingness to operate in the successive hitting operation effects after the next time may be reduced.

  Therefore, in the present embodiment, the MPU 51 activates the automatic repeated hitting function when the predetermined consecutive hit effect image among the consecutive hit effect images is continuously displayed for a preset duration or longer. A description will be given of ten configurations of gaming machines capable of starting automatic addition of the counter 512k. In addition, description is abbreviate | omitted about the process content similar to the said continuous hit operation effect process (refer FIG. 17) demonstrated in the said 1st Embodiment.

  Specifically, it is conceivable that the specific hit effect image is an image displayed immediately before the hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value. For example, as shown in FIG. 28 (A), a continuous hit counter 512k is added according to the continuous hit operation of the operation button 22 during the performance Y3, and after images Y31 to Y34 are displayed in order, the continuous hit counter 512k is displayed. Consider a case in which the continuous hitting operation result image is displayed when the first specified value is reached. The first specified value is, for example, a value larger than 200, such as 300, 500, or 800.

  In this case, if the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value, the continuous hit operation result image is displayed. If the continuous hit counter 512k does not reach the first specified value, the symbol display unit 341 displays the last The image Y34, which is a continuous striking effect image, is continuously displayed. Then, the MPU 51 automatically enables the automatic continuous hitting function when the image Y34 is displayed for the duration or longer. Further, when the automatic continuous hitting function is effectively switched, the MPU 51 displays that fact on the symbol display unit 341.

  In the gaming machine 10 configured as described above, when one continuous hit effect image is continuously displayed for the duration or longer, the automatic continuous hit function is enabled, and the operation button 22 is repeatedly executed in a pseudo manner. Thus, the repeated hit counter 512k is automatically added. Therefore, for example, the useless operation of the operation button 22 forced by the player who expects the power gauge to become full is reduced, and as a result, the player's case when the power gauge does not become full It is possible to reduce the feeling of weakness and the decrease in the willingness to operate.

[Eleventh embodiment]
In the first embodiment, in the single operation effect processing (see FIG. 16), when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the single operation start image (S1409: Yes), The case where the operation is reflected in the effect after the display of the single operation start image has been described. On the other hand, it is conceivable to start accepting the operation of the operation button 22 when the single operation notification image indicating the operation method of the operation button 22 is displayed. In the eleventh embodiment, by accepting the operation of the operation button 22 when the single operation notification image is displayed, the single operation start image is displayed after the single operation notification image is displayed. A configuration in which the operation of the player's operation button 22 until the game is performed is reflected in the effect will be described.

  Specifically, in the eleventh embodiment, another example of the single operation effect process executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. In the single operation effect process shown in FIG. 34, the same processes as those in the single operation effect process shown in FIG. Specifically, in the eleventh embodiment, in the one-shot operation effect process, the following step S1801 is executed, and steps S1401 to S1402 and step S1403 are omitted.

<Step S1801>
As shown in FIG. 34, when the single operation notice image is displayed in step S1405, it is determined in step S1801 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S1801: Yes), the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted, and the process proceeds to step S1416. Here, the MPU 51 when receiving the operation of the operation button 22 after the notification of the operation method by displaying the single operation advance notice image by executing the step S1801 is an example of the operation receiving means.

  Accordingly, in step S1416, the operation of the operation button 22 is reflected in the effect, and the single operation result image is displayed. Here, the MPU 51 for reflecting the operation of the operation button 22 accepted in step S1801 on the effect is an example of the operation reflecting means. That is, in the eleventh embodiment, the acceptance of the operation button 22 is enabled at the timing when the single operation notification image is displayed. If the operation button 22 has not been operated (S1801: No), the process proceeds to step S1406.

  As described above, in the eleventh embodiment, the operation of the operation button 22 performed between the notification of the operation method by displaying the single operation advance notice image and the notification of the operation start instruction by displaying the single operation start image. Can be used effectively. Further, in the eleventh embodiment, since only a simple process of adding the operation to the effect at the time when the operation button 22 is operated is added, the processing load of the MPU 51 is suppressed, Problems related to the operation of the operation button 22 before the display of the single operation start image can be solved. For example, the trouble of the player re-operating the operation button 22 is omitted, and the player is prevented from being mistaken for a failure of the operation button 22.

  Here, although the single operation effect process has been described as an example, it is conceivable that the repeated operation effect process or the long press operation effect process is configured similarly. That is, in the case of the continuous hitting effect process, when the operation of the operation button 22 is received between the display of the continuous hitting operation preview image and the display of the continuous hitting operation start image, the process is performed in step S1508 (see FIG. 17). It is conceivable that the reception start flag 512n is turned on. Further, in the long press effect process, when an operation of the operation button 22 is received between the display of the long press operation preview image and the display of the long press operation start image, the reception start flag 512n is turned on, It is conceivable to add one push counter 512m. As a result, also in the continuous hit effect process and the long press effect process, since the operation is reflected in the effect at the time of operation of the operation button 22, the time and effort for the player to re-operate the operation button 22 is omitted. It is prevented that a person misunderstands that the operation button 22 is broken.

  In the single operation effect process, the repeated operation effect process, or the long press effect process, when an operation of the operation button 22 is received between the display of each operation preview image and the display of each operation start image. Without changing the display content of the display unit 341, using the speaker 26 or the electrical decoration unit 27, such as outputting a sound effect corresponding to the operation from the speaker 26 or blinking the electrical decoration unit 27 according to the operation. It may be suggested to the player that the operation is accepted. Thereby, it is possible to indicate to the player that at least the operation button 22 is not broken but the operation is accepted.

[Twelfth embodiment]
In the eleventh embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated between the time when the single operation notification image is displayed and the time when the single operation start image is displayed, the operation is reflected in the effect at that time. The case of making it explained was explained. On the other hand, in such a case, since the single operation start image may not be displayed, the original single operation effect cannot be shown to the player who has operated the operation button 22 at an early stage. Therefore, in the twelfth embodiment, even when the operation button 22 is operated after the single operation notification image is displayed until the single operation start image is displayed, the operation is performed. A configuration will be described in which the operation is suspended until the single operation start image is displayed, and the operation is reflected in the effect after the display of the single operation start image.

  Specifically, in the twelfth embodiment, another example of the single operation effect process executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. In the single operation effect process shown in FIG. 35, the same processes as those in the single operation effect process shown in FIG. Specifically, in the twelfth embodiment, in the one-shot operation effect process, the following steps S1901 to S1903 are executed, and the steps S1413 to S1414 are omitted.

<Step S1901>
As shown in FIG. 35, when the single operation notice image is displayed in step S1405, it is determined in step S1901 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 has changed from a non-operation state to an operation state, and operation of the operation button has started. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has been started (S1901: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1902, and if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not been started (S1901: No), the process is performed as described above. The process moves to step S1406.

<Step S1902>
In step S1902, the already operated flag 512j is turned on. Thus, whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated is determined according to the state of the already-operated flag 512j after the display of the single operation notification image and before the display of the single operation start image. Is possible.

<Step S1903>
Thereafter, when it is determined in step S1411 that the operation is within the effective period (S1411: Yes), in subsequent step S1903, whether or not the already-operated flag 512j is turned on is determined as in step S1412. To do. Here, when the already-operated flag 512j is not on (S1903: No), the process proceeds to step S1415. On the other hand, when the already operated flag 512j is on (S1903: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1416, and the single operation result image is displayed. That is, if the operation button 22j is accepted and the already operated flag 512j is turned on after the one-shot operation notice image is displayed until the one-shot operation start image is displayed, When the operation start instruction is notified by displaying the single operation start image, the operation of the operation button 22 is reflected in the effect. That is, when the operation of the operation button 22 is received between the display of the single operation start image and the display of the single operation start image, the operation is reflected in the effect immediately after the notification of the operation start instruction.

  As described above, in the twelfth embodiment, the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 becomes valid at the timing when the single operation notification image is displayed, and the subsequent single operation start image is displayed. The operation is reflected. Therefore, even if the player operates the operation button 22 before displaying the one-shot operation start image, the operation of the operation button 22 can be reflected in the effect without the player's re-operation. Thereby, for example, a player who operates the operation button 22 can misunderstand that the operation button 22 is faulty, and can release the player from the stress of performing the operation button 22 again.

  In particular, in the gaming machine 10, the symbol change display in the symbol display unit 341 is started, and then the single operation notice image is displayed, and the speaker is gradually enhanced in accordance with the process of displaying the single operation start image. 26 and the lighting mode of the lighting unit 27 may be determined. In this regard, in the twelfth embodiment, since the single operation result image is not displayed before the single operation start image is displayed as in the eleventh embodiment, the production effect is enhanced. In this state, the operation of the operation button 22 can be reflected in the effect, and the game content of the game machine 10 can add interest to the player's game. In addition, since the single operation result image is displayed after the single operation start image is displayed after the single operation notice image, the single operation operation start image can be shown to the player. It can be recognized that the operation button 22 should have been pressed after the start image is displayed.

[Thirteenth embodiment]
In the twelfth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated between the time when the single operation notification image is displayed and the time when the single operation start image is displayed, the operation is changed to the single operation start image. The configuration to be reflected in the production immediately after the display of “” has been described. In this case, the single operation start image is displayed instantaneously. On the other hand, a configuration is conceivable in which the player can sufficiently recognize the contents of the single operation start image by ensuring the display of the single operation start image for a certain period of time. In the thirteenth embodiment, if there is an operation of the operation button 22 between the time when the single operation notification image is displayed and the time when the single operation start image is displayed, the operation is indicated as the single operation start image. Will be described in which the effect is reflected in the effect after being displayed for some time.

  Specifically, in the thirteenth embodiment, another example of the single operation effect process executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. In the single operation effect process shown in FIG. 36, the same processes as those in the single operation effect process shown in FIG. Specifically, in the thirteenth embodiment, the following step S2001 is executed in the single operation effect process.

<Step S2001>
As shown in FIG. 36, when it is determined in step S1903 that the already operated flag 512j is on (S1903: Yes), in the following step S2001, a standby time set in advance after displaying the one-shot operation start image is displayed. It is determined whether or not it has elapsed. When the standby time has elapsed (S2001: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1416, and the single operation result image is displayed. That is, when an operation of the operation button 22 is received between the display of the single operation start image and the display of the single operation start image, when the standby time has elapsed from the display of the single operation start image. The operation is reflected in the effect. On the other hand, if the standby time has not elapsed (S2001: No), the process proceeds to step S1415.

  Here, the waiting time is, for example, a time set in advance as a time for allowing the player to recognize the content of the single operation start image to some extent. Thus, since the single operation start image is displayed until the standby time elapses, it is possible to cause the player to sufficiently recognize the display of the single operation start image. Therefore, for example, when the same operation effect is executed next, an operation willingness to operate the operation means at a correct timing is given.

  Further, it is conceivable that the MPU 51 changes the standby time in step S2001 according to whether or not a jackpot has been generated included in the display variation pattern command. For example, as the waiting time, for each content of the one-shot operation effect, a first waiting time corresponding to a case where a jackpot has occurred and a second waiting time corresponding to a loss are stored in the ROM 511. It is done. In step S2001, the elapse of the first waiting time or the second waiting time selected according to whether or not a jackpot has occurred is monitored. At this time, the first waiting time is, for example, a timing that is preset as a timing at which the roulette stops by hitting, or a timing at which the target enters the aiming, and the second waiting time is, for example, a timing at which the roulette stops by detaching or It is conceivable that the time is set in advance as the timing at which the target deviates significantly from the aim. Thereby, it is possible to give the player an impression that the result displayed as the single operation result image is determined by the operation of the operation button 22. Therefore, the player can be motivated to press the operation button 22 after seeing the single operation start image when the same single operation effect is executed next time.

  If the standby time has not elapsed (S2001: No), the process proceeds to step S1415. If the operation button 22 is re-operated before the standby time elapses (S1415). : Yes), the re-operation is reflected in the effect at that time, and the one-shot operation result image is displayed. Therefore, even if the player has operated once before displaying the single operation start image, the player can display the single operation result image by reflecting the effect at the timing of the re-operation by performing the re-operation. Can do. Further, when the operation button 22 is operated before the standby time elapses, a situation in which the operation button 22 is not reflected in the production is avoided. Further, it is possible to prevent the operation button 22 from being mistaken for a failure.

[Fourteenth embodiment]
By the way, in the gaming machine 10, when the operation button 22 is operated at the time when the single operation start image is displayed, the input signal from the operation switch 22 a that detects the operation of the operation button 22 thereafter is “OFF”. ”,“ ON ”, and“ ON ”are problems. Therefore, in the fourteenth embodiment, when the single operation start image is displayed, the operation signal of the operation button 22 is started by forcibly setting the input signal from the operation switch 22a to “OFF”, “OFF”, “OFF”. A configuration that makes it possible to detect this will be described.

  Specifically, in the fourteenth embodiment, another example of the single operation effect process executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. In the single operation effect process shown in FIG. 37, the same processes as those in the single operation effect process shown in FIG. Specifically, in the fourteenth embodiment, the following step S2101 is executed in the single operation effect process.

<Step S2101>
As shown in FIG. 37, when acceptance of the operation button 22 is started in step S1408, the first detection flag 512a, the second detection flag 512b, and the third detection flag 512c are turned off in the subsequent step S2101. To do. That is, in step S2101, the MPU 51 creates a state in which the player has not operated the operation button 22 in a pseudo manner.

  Thereby, when the player continues to operate the operation button 22 before and after the display of the one-shot operation start image, in step S2101, the first detection flag 512a, the second detection flag 512b, and the first detection flag The 3 detection flag 512c is once turned off, and then sequentially turned on. Therefore, since the second pattern flag 512e is turned on in the same manner as when the operation button 22 changes from the non-operation state to the operation state, the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted in step S1415 (S1415: Yes), This is reflected (S1416).

  Therefore, the operation of the operation button can be reflected in the effect without forcing the player to operate the operation button 22 again. In the single operation effect process according to the fourteenth embodiment, step S2101 is executed instead of steps S1409 to S1410 and steps S1412 to S1414 of the single operation effect process shown in FIG. , The processing load on the MPU 51 is reduced.

[Fifteenth embodiment]
In the first embodiment, even if the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the continuous hit operation start image in the continuous hit operation effect process (see FIG. 17), the operation is performed. An example of ignoring is explained. On the other hand, a configuration is also conceivable in which continuous operation of the operation button 22 is received after the display of the continuous operation notification image. In the fifteenth embodiment, a configuration will be described in which a continuous hit operation of the operation button 22 is received from when the continuous hit operation notification image is displayed, and the continuous hit operation is reflected in the effect after the continuous hit operation start image is displayed.

  In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5, the RAM 512 is provided with a pre-strike counter 512ra and a pre-long press counter 512rb.

  Specifically, in the fifteenth embodiment, with reference to FIG. 38, another example of repeated hitting operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 will be described. In the repeated hitting operation effect process shown in FIG. 38, the same processes as those in the repeated hitting operation effect process shown in FIG. Specifically, in the fifteenth embodiment, the following steps S2201 to S2205 are executed in the continuous hitting operation effect processing.

<Step S2201>
As shown in FIG. 38, when the continuous hitting operation preview image is displayed in step S1505, it is determined in subsequent step S2201 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S2201: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2202, and if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S2201: No), the process is performed as described above. The process moves to step S1506.

<Step S2202>
In step S2202, the pre-strike counter 512ra is incremented by one. As a result, in the repeated hitting operation effect process, the number of operations of the operation button 22 performed between the time when the previous hitting operation preview image is displayed and the time when the repeated hitting operation start image is displayed is stored in the advance hit counter 512ra. It will be. Note that the pre-strike counter 512ra is cleared to 0 in step S1515.

<Step S2203>
If it is determined in step S1509 that the operation is within the effective period (S1509: Yes), in subsequent step S2203, it is determined whether or not the pre-strike counter 512ra is greater than zero. Here, if the advance hit counter 512ra is greater than 0 (S2203: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2204. If the advance repeat counter 512ra is 0 (S2203: No), the process proceeds to step S1510. To do.

<Steps S2204 to S2205>
In step S2204, the continuous hit counter 512k is incremented by one, and in the subsequent step S2205, one pre-strike counter 512ra is subtracted. That is, in steps S2203 to S2205, the process for adding the pre-strike counter 512ra as the repetitive strike counter 512k is repeatedly executed until the value of the pre-strike counter 512ra becomes zero. After step S2205, the process proceeds to step S1512. As a result, in step S1512, the continuous hitting operation effect image corresponding to the continuous hit counter 512k counted by the preliminary hit counter 512ra is displayed.

  As described above, in the repeated hitting operation effect process according to the fifteenth embodiment, if the player has operated the operation button 22 before displaying the repeated hitting operation start image, the repeated hitting operation start image is displayed. After the display, the operation is reflected in the effect in step S1512 until the pre-strike counter 512ra, which is the number of operations, becomes zero. Accordingly, the player can reflect the operation of the operation button 22 performed before the continuous hitting operation start image is displayed in the production without wasting it, and realizes a reasonable game that does not disappoint the player. can do.

  In addition, here, the case where the value of the pre-strike counter 512ra is reflected on the value of the repetitive strike counter 512k one by one and the case where the repetitive strike operation effect image gradually changes has been described as an example. It is also conceivable to display the consecutive hit operation effect image corresponding to the value of the previous consecutive hit counter 512ra from the beginning at the start of display of the consecutive hit operation start image by replacing it with the previous consecutive hit counter 512ra.

  By the way, in the repeated hitting operation effect process according to the fifteenth embodiment, the value of the pre-strike counter 512ra is added to the repeated hit counter 512k, and therefore the operation of the operation button 22 is started after the continuous hit operation start image is displayed. The hit counter 512k will be reached sooner. Therefore, in the repeated hitting operation effect process according to the fifteenth embodiment, after the repeated hitting operation start image is displayed, the operation of the operation button 22 is performed with the value of the previous repeated hitting counter 512ra when the repeated hitting operation start image is displayed. Until the same number is performed, for example, two operations of the operation button 22 may be added to the continuous hit counter 512k as one operation. That is, if the operation button 22 has been operated before the continuous hit operation start image is displayed, the number of operations is reflected in the effect, while the operation button 22 is operated after the continuous hit operation start image is displayed. It is conceivable to reduce the addition frequency of the continuous hitting counter 512k according to the situation.

  Thereby, it is possible to suppress the subsequent change speed of the effect contents changed earlier than usual by reflecting the operation of the operation button 22 before the display of the continuous hit operation start image, and before the display of the continuous hit operation start image. It is possible to suppress a difference in the final effect result when the operation is started and when the operation is started after the continuous hit operation start image is displayed. In addition, since the number of operations after the display of the continuous hitting operation start image exceeds the number of operations of the operation button 22 before the display of the continuous hitting operation start image, the number of operations is added at a normal addition frequency. The difference in the final operation result when compared with the case where the operation means is not operated before the display of the continuous operation start image is also suppressed.

[Sixteenth Embodiment]
In the fifteenth embodiment, when there is a repeated operation of the operation button 22 between the display of the continuous operation notification image and the display of the continuous operation start image, the continuous operation is changed to the continuous operation. The case where it is reflected in the production immediately after the start image is displayed has been described. In this case, the transition of the continuous hitting operation effect image in step S1512 is performed at a speed that is exceptionally faster than the normal continuous hitting speed of the operation button 22 by the player. In the sixteenth embodiment, when there is a repeated operation of the operation button 22 between the display of the continuous operation notification image and the display of the continuous operation start image, the continuous operation is changed to the continuous operation. A configuration for securing a certain amount of interval to be reflected in the effect image will be described.

  Specifically, in the sixteenth embodiment, with reference to FIG. 39, another example of the continuous hit operation effect process executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 will be described. In the repeated hitting operation effect process shown in FIG. 39, the same processes as those in the repeated hit operation effect process shown in FIG. Specifically, in the sixteenth embodiment, the following step S2301 is executed in the continuous hitting operation effect processing.

<Step S2301>
As shown in FIG. 39, if the pre-strike counter 512ra is greater than 0 in step S1903, in step S2301, whether or not a preset waiting time has elapsed after the previous execution of step S1904. Determine whether. If the standby time has not elapsed (S2301: No), the process proceeds to step S1510. On the other hand, if the standby time has elapsed (S2301: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1904. The waiting time is a time set in advance as a time that allows the player to grasp the transition of the continuous hitting operation result image, and is at least longer than the execution interval of the continuous hitting operation effect process. For example, it is conceivable that the standby time is 400 msec and that step S1904 is executed once for 400 times of the hitting operation effect processing.

  As described above, in the repeated hitting operation effect process according to the sixteenth embodiment, since the reflection interval for the operation of the operation button 22 stored as the pre-strike counter 512ra can be increased, It is possible to realize the reflection of the number of operations corresponding to the value of the pre-strike counter 512ra to the effect while allowing the player to recognize the transition of the consecutive hit operation result image and adding interest to the game.

[Seventeenth embodiment]
In the first embodiment, in the long press operation effect process (see FIG. 18), when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the long press operation start image (S169: Yes). ), And a case where the operation is reflected in the presentation after the long press operation start image is displayed. On the other hand, it is conceivable to start accepting the operation of the operation button 22 when the long press operation notification image indicating the operation method of the operation button 22 is displayed. In the seventeenth embodiment, by accepting the operation of the operation button 22 when the long press operation notification image is displayed, the long press operation starts after the long press operation notification image is displayed. A configuration in which the operation of the player's operation button 22 until the image is displayed will be reflected in the effect will be described.

  Specifically, in the seventeenth embodiment, another example of the long press operation effect process executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. In the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 40, the same processes as those in the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. Specifically, in the seventeenth embodiment, the following steps S2401 to S2406 are executed in the long press operation effect processing.

<Step S2401>
As shown in FIG. 40, when the long press operation preview image is displayed in step S1605, it is determined in step S2401 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 has changed from a non-operation state to an operation state, and operation of the operation button has started. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S2401: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2402, and if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S2401: No), the process proceeds to step S2402. The process proceeds to S2403.

<Step S2402>
In step S2402, the pre-long press counter 512rb is incremented by one. Thereby, in the long press operation effect, the operation time of the operation button 22 performed between the display of the long press operation preview image and the display of the long press operation start image is displayed in the pre-long press counter 512rb. Will be remembered.

<Step S2403>
On the other hand, in step S2403, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 is being operated. Specifically, when the first pattern flag 512d is on, it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 is continuing. If it is determined that the operation button 22 is being operated (S2403: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2402, and the pre-long press counter 512rb is added. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 is not continued (S2403: No), the process proceeds to step S1606.

<Step S2404>
If it is determined in step S1611 that the operation is within the effective period (S1611: Yes), in subsequent step S2404, it is determined whether or not the pre-long press counter 512rb is 5 or more. If the pre-long press counter 512rb is 5 or more (S2404: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2405. If the pre-long press counter 512rb is less than 5 (S2404: No), the process is The process proceeds to step S1612.

<Steps S2405 to S2406>
In step S2405, the long press counter 512m is incremented by five, and in the subsequent step S2406, the preliminary long press counter 512rb is decremented by five. That is, in steps S2404 to S2406, the process for adding the pre-long press counter 512rb as the long press counter 512m is repeatedly executed until the value of the pre-long press counter 512rb becomes zero. Then, after step S2406, the process proceeds to step S1616. Thereby, in step S1616, the long press operation effect image corresponding to the long press counter 512m counted by the pre-long press counter 512rb is displayed. In particular, when the pre-long press counter 512rb is reflected in the effect, the long press counter 512m is incremented by 5, so that the long press operation effect image can be changed at a faster speed than usual.

  As described above, in the long press operation effect processing according to the seventeenth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated by the player before the long press operation start image is displayed, Until the pre-long press counter 512rb corresponding to the operation time becomes 0, the operation is reflected in the effect in step S1616. Therefore, the player can reflect the operation of the operation button 22 performed before the long press operation start image is displayed in the production without wasting, and the game that makes sense that does not disappoint the player. Can be realized.

  In the seventeenth embodiment, since the pre-long press counter 512rb is incremented in step S2402, when the long press operation start image is displayed in step S1607, before the long press operation start image is displayed. It is possible to determine whether or not the operation button 22 is being operated. Therefore, for example, when the gaming machine 10 has a vibration means such as a vibration motor or a piezoelectric element that vibrates the operation button 22, the operation button 22 is moved to the vibration means when the long press operation start image is displayed in the step S2402. It can be considered to vibrate. Thereby, the original operation start timing of the operation button 22 can be notified to the player.

  By the way, if the operation time of the operation button 22 before the display of the long press operation start image is reflected in the effect, the change of the long press operation effect image in the effect is changed to the operation button before the display of the long press operation start image. This is faster than the case where 22 is not operated. For this reason, it is conceivable to reduce the addition frequency of the long press counter 512m according to the operation of the operation button 22 after the display of the long press operation start image, as in the example described in the continuous hit operation effect process. As a result, the subsequent change speed of the effect content that has changed more quickly than usual can be suppressed by reflecting the operation of the operation button 22 before the display of the long press operation start image, and the display of the long press operation start image can be suppressed. It is possible to suppress a difference in the final effect result when the operation is started before and when the operation is started after the long press operation start image is displayed.

  Further, in this case, the long press only until the operation time of the operation button 22 after the display of the long press operation start image reaches the operation time of the operation button 22 before the display of the long press operation start image. It is conceivable to reduce the addition frequency of the long press counter 512m according to the operation of the operation button 22 after the operation start image is displayed. Thereby, after the operation time after the display of the long press operation start image exceeds the operation time of the operation means before the display of the long press operation start image, the long press counter 512m is added at a normal addition frequency. Therefore, the difference in the final operation result when compared with the case where the operation button 22 is not operated before displaying the long press operation start image is suppressed.

[Eighteenth Embodiment]
By the way, in the long press operation effect process, the operation is reflected in the effect as a response when the operation button 22 is operated between the display of the long press operation notification image and the display of the long press operation start image. In addition to the case, it is conceivable to give meaning to the operation of the operation button 22. In the eighteenth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated between the display of the long press operation notification image and the display of the long press operation start image, the jackpot expectation is determined according to the operation. A configuration that can be notified to a person will be described.

  Specifically, in the eighteenth embodiment, another example of the long press operation effect process executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. In the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 41, the same processes as those in the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. Specifically, in the eighteenth embodiment, the following steps S2501 to S2502 are executed in the long press operation effect processing.

  Here, the gaming machine 10 according to the eighteenth embodiment includes vibration means for vibrating the operation button 22 and its drive circuit, and the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 inputs a control signal to the drive circuit. By doing so, it is possible to vibrate the vibration means. The vibration means is a vibration actuator such as a vibration motor or a piezoelectric element. The vibration means is used in the gaming machine 10 to, for example, vibrate the operation button 22 to show the player the expected degree of jackpot.

<Step S2501>
As shown in FIG. 42, when the long press operation preview image is displayed in step S1605, it is determined in step S2501 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has been started (S2501: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2502, and if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not been started (S2501: No), the process is performed as described above. The process proceeds to step S1606. As described above, the MPU 51 that receives the operation of the operation button 22 from the display of the long press operation advance notice image to the display of the long press operation start image is an example of the first operation receiving means. The MPU 51 when receiving the operation of the operation button 22 in step S1614 after the long press operation image is displayed is an example of a second operation receiving unit.

<Step S2502>
In step S2502, vibration notification processing for the operation button 22 is executed. Specifically, in the vibration notification process, if the display variation pattern command includes information indicating that a jackpot has occurred, the vibration means is driven to vibrate the operation button 22 to generate a jackpot to the display variation pattern command. When the information of none is included, the vibration means is not vibrated. Here, the MPU 51 for vibrating the operation button 22 when the operation button 22 is accepted in step S2501 is an example of the vibration control means.

  As described above, in the eighteenth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated after the long press operation preview image is displayed and before the long press operation start image is displayed, The player is notified by the vibration of the operation button 22 whether or not a big hit has occurred. Therefore, the player who knows the specifications of the gaming machine 10 can know only whether or not the jackpot occurrence is confirmed by operating the operation button 22 before displaying the long press operation start image. For example, the player can be given a sense of superiority. In addition, for a player who does not know the specifications of the gaming machine 10, he / she may feel that he / she vibrated because of the early operation, or that he / she has a high probability of generating a big hit. It is considered that the button 22 is released. Therefore, it is possible to create a situation where the operation button 22 is not operated at the time when the long press operation start image is displayed, and to allow the player to re-operate the operation button 22 naturally.

  In the vibration notification process, even when the display variation pattern command includes information indicating that no jackpot has occurred, the vibration of the operation button 22 is used to increase the player's expectation based on the content of the display variation pattern command. Switching between the presence and absence of is also conceivable as another embodiment. For example, it is conceivable to vibrate the vibration of the operation button 22 even when an effect with a high degree of expectation is executed based on the internal lottery result (random number value) included in the display variation pattern command.

  Further, in the vibration notification process, it is also conceivable as another embodiment that the operation button 22 is vibrated regardless of whether or not the display variation pattern command includes information on occurrence of jackpot. Thereby, it can be expected that the player's hand naturally leaves the operation button 22 and creates a situation in which the operation button 22 is not operated at the time when the long press operation start image is displayed. Further, in the vibration notification process, a message that prompts the user to release the operation button 22 or a message that prompts the user to re-operate is displayed on the symbol display unit 341, thereby informing the player that the operation start timing has not arrived. can do. It is also possible to recognize that the vibration of the operation button 22 is not caused by the high expectation degree of jackpot.

  In step S2502, instead of the vibration notification process, the operation start timing for operating the operation button 22 is not reached when the operation button 22 is received before the long press operation start image is displayed. It is also conceivable as another embodiment to execute a notification process for notifying the effect. The MPU 51 when executing such processing is also an example of the operation reflecting means. This makes it possible for the player to clearly recognize that the operation start timing has not been reached, thereby preventing the player from misunderstanding that the operation button 22 or the like has failed.

  Furthermore, although the said 18th Embodiment demonstrated the case where the process of said step S2501-S2502 was performed in the said long press operation effect process, it is the same also in the said single operation effect process and the said continuous hit operation effect process. It is conceivable to execute the processing of steps S2501 to S2502. That is, it can be considered that the steps S2201 to S2202 are executed between the step S1405 and the step S1406 in the one-shot operation effect process shown in FIG. Further, it is conceivable that the steps S2201 to S2202 are executed between the step S1505 and the step S1506 in the continuous hitting operation effect process shown in FIG.

[Nineteenth Embodiment]
By the way, in the gaming machine 10, when the operation button 22 is operated at the time when the long press operation start image is displayed, an input signal from the operation switch 22a that detects the operation of the operation button 22 thereafter is “ The problem is that it is not “OFF”, “ON”, or “ON”. Therefore, in the nineteenth embodiment, the operation button 22 is operated by forcibly setting the input signal from the operation switch 22a to “OFF”, “OFF”, or “OFF” when the long press operation start image is displayed. A configuration that enables detection of the start will be described.

  Specifically, in the nineteenth embodiment, another example of the long press operation effect process executed by the MPU 51 of the sound lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. In the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 42, the same processes as those in the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. Specifically, in the nineteenth embodiment, the following step S2601 is executed in the long press operation effect processing.

<Step S2601>
As shown in FIG. 42, after the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started in step S1608, in the subsequent step S2601, the first detection flag 512a, the second detection flag 512b, and the third detection flag 512c are turned off. To do. That is, in the step S2701, the MPU 51 creates a state in which the player does not operate the operation button 22 in a pseudo manner.

  Therefore, in the long press operation effect processing according to the nineteenth embodiment, even when the operation button 22 is operated before the display of the long press operation start image, the operation button is displayed after the single operation start image is displayed. The operation 22 is started. Therefore, the operation of the operation button can be reflected in the effect without forcing the player to operate the operation button 22 again. Further, in the long press operation effect process according to the nineteenth embodiment, the steps S1609 to S1610 and the step S1613 of the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 18 are omitted, and the processing load of the MPU 51 is reduced. Is done.

[20th embodiment]
By the way, for one game time in the gaming machine 10, a plurality of operation effects such as the single operation effect, the continuous operation effect, and the long press operation effect are selected, and the plurality of operation effects are executed in parallel. Configuration is also conceivable. However, in the gaming machine 10, when control related to a plurality of operation effects (display control, audio control, lighting control, etc.) is executed in parallel, the contents of the operation effects that reflect the operation of the operation button 22 are interlaced. May cause the player to feel uncomfortable.

  In the gaming machine 10, it may be possible to perform lottery of whether or not to execute each operation effect so as to avoid a combination of operation effects that may give the player a sense of discomfort. However, in that case, a lottery process for selecting an operation effect becomes complicated, and there arises a problem that it becomes difficult to design a control program for the gaming machine 10. Further, in a configuration in which a plurality of operation effects are not executed for one game time, there is a risk that the degree of attention to the game and the game motivation will be low.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when a plurality of operation effects are executed in parallel for one game time, the plurality of operation effects are executed by a process as simple as possible so as not to give the player a sense of incongruity. A configuration capable of improving the degree of attention to the game and the willingness to play will be described. In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, it is assumed that three types of operation effects, that is, a single operation effect, a special operation effect, and a notification operation effect can be executed as the operation effect accompanied by the operation of the operation button 22. In each operation effect, depending on the operation of the operation button 22, the presence / absence of the jackpot winning or the possibility of the jackpot winning is displayed by the symbol display unit 341, the reproduced sound by the speaker 26, and the lighting mode of the lighting unit 27. Suggested by etc.

  Specifically, the single operation effect is an effect that suggests a jackpot lottery result by displaying a single operation result image or the like in response to a single operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period. For example, in the single operation effect, during the symbol variation display in the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 67A), a display suggesting the content and start timing of the single operation effect is performed (FIG. 67B). (See FIG. 67C). Then, in response to a single operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period, a selection is made with a predetermined probability from a plurality of preset single-shot operation result images based on the result of a big hit lottery or the like. An image is displayed as an effect result (see FIG. 67C or 67D). Note that various single operation result images used in the single operation effect are stored in the ROM 611 of the display control device 6.

  The special operation effect is an effect that suggests a jackpot lottery result by displaying a special operation result image or the like in response to a plurality of operations or long press operations of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period. . In the present embodiment, the special operation effects include the above-described repeated operation effects and long press operation effects. The special operation effect includes a rhythm operation effect in which an operation in accordance with a predetermined rhythm of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period is reflected in the effect. Various special operation result images used in the special operation effect are stored in the ROM 611 of the display control device 6.

  For example, in the rhythm operation effect, during the symbol variation display in the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 68A), a display that suggests the rhythm operation effect is performed (see FIG. 68B). Then, the reproduction of the preset voice is started, the optimum operation timing and the progress of time are shown along the time series (see FIG. 68C), and the operation button 22 in accordance with the predetermined rhythm in the voice is displayed. Point values corresponding to the operation timing are added. Here, when the point value reaches a preset third specified value, a rhythm operation result selected with a predetermined probability from a plurality of predetermined rhythm operation result images based on the result of a big hit lottery or the like An image is displayed as an effect result (see FIG. 68D or 68E). Various rhythm operation result images used in the rhythm operation effect are stored in the ROM 611 of the display control device 6. The display timing of the rhythm operation result image in the rhythm operation effect is not limited to the case where the point value reaches the third specified value, but is a predetermined timing after the end of the sound reproduction in the rhythm operation effect. It is also conceivable that the rhythm operation result image is displayed. The rhythm operation result image is not limited to information indicating the presence or absence of a jackpot, and may be an image that suggests the probability of a jackpot.

  Furthermore, the notification operation effect is an effect in which a message indicating the possibility of winning a big hit is displayed according to the operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period. For example, in the notification operation effect, during the symbol variation display in the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 69A), a display that suggests the notification operation effect is performed (see FIG. 69B). Then, in response to a single operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period, a message ("" selected from a plurality of preset messages with a predetermined probability based on the result of the big hit lottery or the like. “Chance!” Or “...”) Is displayed as an effect result (see FIG. 69C or 69D). Various messages used in the notification operation effect are stored in the ROM 611 of the display control device 6.

  Similarly to the special operation effect, each of the single operation effect and the notification operation effect may include a plurality of types of operation effects. Further, the gaming machine 10 may be capable of executing an operation effect different from the single operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect.

  FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram illustrating another example of the storage areas of the ROM 511 and the RAM 512 of the MPU 51 of the gaming machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 43, the ROM 511 of the MPU 51 of the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment includes a rhythm operation table 511A, a notification operation table 511B, a single operation effect table 511C, a special operation effect table 511D, and a notification operation effect table 511E. Further stored. In these tables, information for determining the contents of the effects in each game time is stored in the same manner as the effect type table 511b, the single shot operation table 511c, the continuous hit operation table 511d, and the long press operation table 511e.

  In addition, the RAM 512 of the MPU 51 of the gaming machine 10 includes a remaining time counter 512A, an additional effect counter 512B, a rhythm effect flag 512C, a notification effect flag 512D, a rhythm counter 512E, an exceptional single-effect effect flag 512F, an exceptional repeated effect flag 512G, and an exception length. A push effect flag 512H, a special rhythm effect flag 512J, and the like are stored. These various flags and counters are used in various operation effects. Further, in the RAM 512 of the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, instead of the reception start flag 512n, the single shot reception start flag 512n1 corresponding to the single shot operation effect, the repeated hit reception start flag 512n2 corresponding to the continuous operation effect, and the long A long press reception start flag 512n3 corresponding to the push operation effect, a rhythm reception start flag 512n4 corresponding to the rhythm operation effect, and a notification reception start flag 512n5 corresponding to the notification operation effect are provided. For example, in the single operation effect process (see FIG. 16), the single reception start flag 512n1 is set to ON in step S1408, and is set to OFF in step S1417.

  The remaining time counter 512A indicates the remaining variation time in the current game time. Specifically, the remaining time counter 512 </ b> A is displayed when a display variation pattern command is transmitted to the display control device 6 in the command output process of step S <b> 1310 (see FIG. 14) (when variation display by the symbol display unit 341 is started). ) Is set to the variation time indicated by the variation pattern command, and is then subtracted by one in step S1003 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 11). As a result, the remaining time counter 512A indicates the remaining variation time in the current game time.

  The additional effect counter 512B is a loop counter that is incremented one by one within the range of 0 to 59999 in step S1003 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 11) executed by the MPU 51 and returns to 0 when the maximum value is reached. is there. The MPU 51 updates the value of the additional effect counter 512 </ b> B by one from 0 to 59999 as an initial value, and increments the value one by one. When the MPU 51 is updated up to the number immediately before the initial value, 0 to 59999 again. The initial value is selected at random.

[Other examples of command response processing]
Next, another example of the command response process (see FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 51 will be described with reference to FIG. Specifically, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the operation effects include the rhythm operation effect and the notification operation effect in addition to the single operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, and the long press operation effect. In step S1303 in the command corresponding process, the rhythm operation effect and the notification operation effect may be selected. That is, in the display variation pattern command set in step S1303, any one of the effect types of the single operation effect, the repeated operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, or the notification operation effect is set. Information may be included.

  Specifically, in the special reach effect table shown in FIG. 15C, the effect Y1 is an effect type accompanied by a single operation effect, the effect Y2 is an effect type accompanied by a continuous operation effect, and the effect Y3 is an effect accompanied by a long press operation effect. It can be considered that the type and effect Y4 are the effect type accompanied by the rhythm operation effect, and the effect Y5 is the effect type accompanied by the notification operation effect. Here, in the special reach effect table, the probability that each of the single operation effect, the repeated operation effect, the long press operation effect, or the rhythm operation effect and the notification operation effect is executed is a lottery lottery. It depends on the lottery result.

  More specifically, in the example shown in FIG. 15C, the probability that the effect Y1 is executed among the plurality of types of operation effects is a big hit than when the big win lottery result is out of place. Is higher. In addition, the probability that the performances Y2 to Y4 are executed is higher in the case of the jackpot than in the case where the result of the jackpot lottery is out of place. On the other hand, the probability that the performance Y5 is executed is higher when the result of the jackpot lottery is out of place than when the jackpot lottery result is a jackpot. Then, as shown in FIG. 15C, when the jackpot lottery result is a jackpot, that is, when the MPU 41 determines to shift to the specific gaming state, the probability that the performance Y1 is the highest, Y2 to Y4 are the next highest, and the production Y5 is the lowest. Therefore, the player can guess the level of the probability that the result of the jackpot lottery is a jackpot depending on which of the effects Y1 to Y5 is executed. In addition, it is also conceivable that the probabilities executed when the effects Y2 to Y4 are determined to shift to the specific gaming state are different. In addition, even when there are a plurality of types of single operation effects, it is conceivable that the probability of execution when it is determined to shift to the specific gaming state differs for each type of single operation effects. Similarly, even when there are a plurality of types of notification operation effects, it is conceivable that the probability of execution when it is determined to shift to the specific gaming state differs for each type of notification operation effect.

<Step S3001>
Then, as shown in FIG. 44, when it is determined in step S1308 that the display variation pattern command is not the effect type accompanied by the long press operation effect (S1308: No), the process proceeds to step S3001. In step S3001, it is determined whether the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by the rhythm operation effect. If the display variation pattern command is an effect type accompanied by a rhythm operation effect (S3001: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3002, and the display variation pattern command is not an effect type accompanied by the rhythm operation effect. (S3001: No), the process proceeds to step S3003.

<Step S3002>
In step S3002, after the rhythm operation setting process for executing the rhythm operation effect is executed, the process proceeds to step S1310. Specifically, in the rhythm operation setting process, the rhythm effect flag 512C is set to ON, and the third specified value corresponding to the current rhythm operation effect process is determined. Specifically, in the rhythm operation table 511A of the ROM 511, the third specified value corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined. In the rhythm operation setting process, the third specified value corresponding to the current rhythm operation effect process is determined based on the lottery result included in the variation pattern command and the rhythm operation table 511A stored in the ROM 511. The The third specified value is a value corresponding to the point value of the operation button 22 used as an end condition of the rhythm operation effect. For example, when the lottery result is a big hit, the third specified value is “1000” with a probability of 5/100 and “600” with a probability of 10/100 based on the rhythm operation table 511A and a predetermined random number value. , 85/100 with a probability of “300”. On the other hand, if the lottery result is out of place, the third specified value is “3000” with a probability of 5/100 based on the rhythm operation table 511A and a predetermined random value, and “6000” with a probability of 10/100. , 85/100 with a probability of “10000”.

<Step S3003>
In step S3003, it is determined whether or not the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by the notification operation effect. If the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by the notification operation effect (S3003: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3004, and the display variation pattern command is not an effect type accompanied by the notification operation effect. In the case (S3003: No), the process proceeds to step S1310.

<Step S3004>
In step S3004, after the notification operation setting process for executing the notification operation effect is executed, the process proceeds to step S1310. Specifically, in the notification operation setting process, the notification effect flag 512D is set to ON, and the notification content corresponding to the current notification operation effect process is determined. Specifically, a notification result image corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined in the notification operation table 511B of the ROM 511. In the notification operation setting process, the notification content corresponding to the current notification operation effect process is determined based on the lottery result included in the variation pattern command and the notification operation table 511B stored in the ROM 511. For example, when the lottery result is a big hit, based on the notification operation table 511B and a predetermined random number value, “Notification M1” with a probability of 5/100, “Notification M2” with a probability of 10/100, 85 / “Notification M3” is determined with a probability of 100. On the other hand, if the lottery result is out, based on the notification operation table 511B and a predetermined random number value, “Notification M4” with a probability of 5/100, “Notification M5” with a probability of 10/100, 85/100 Is determined to be “notification M6”.

[Other examples of timer interrupt processing]
Next, another example of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 11) executed by the MPU 51 will be described with reference to FIG. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 45, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, an additional effect lottery process (S3101) for additionally selecting various operation effects is executed. Thereafter, as processing corresponding to various operation effects, notification operation effect processing (S3102), rhythm operation effect processing (S3103), continuous hit operation effect processing (S1006), long press operation effect processing (S1007), and single operation effect processing (S1005) are executed in this order.

<Step S3101>
First, in step S3101, in addition to step S1303, the presence or absence of execution of each of the single operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect is individually determined. An additional operation effect lottery process is executed. As a result, a plurality of operation effects may be selected and executed in parallel, from the single operation effect, the continuous operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect. Here, the MPU 51 when executing such processing is an example of the effect determination means.

  For example, after the single operation effect is selected in step S1303 in the command determination process, the repeated operation effect may be selected in step S3101. In addition, a plurality of types of operation effects may be selected by executing step S3101 a plurality of times. Note that the method for selecting an operation effect in step S1303 is not limited to the method described here, and may be the same as that in step S3101.

[Additional operation effect lottery processing]
Here, an example of the procedure of the additional operation effect lottery process will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, if the function similar to the said additional operation effect lottery process can be achieved, the specific content of a process sequence will not be limited to the aspect demonstrated here.

<Step S3201>
First, in step S3201, it is determined whether or not the single operation effect has already been selected. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a single effect flag 512g indicating whether or not the single operation effect is executed is on. If it is determined that the single operation effect is not selected (S3201: No), the process proceeds to step S3202, and if it is determined that the single operation effect is selected (S3201: Yes). The processing moves to step S3204.

<Step S3202>
In step S3202, it is determined whether or not the remaining time counter 512A indicating the remaining variation time in the current game time is equal to or greater than a predetermined time T1. The time T1 is a value determined in advance as a time necessary for executing the single operation effect. That is, in step S3202, it is determined whether or not the single operation effect can be executed from the current time in the current game round. If it is determined that the remaining time counter 512A is equal to or greater than the time T1 (S3202: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3203. If the remaining time counter 512A is not equal to or greater than the time T1 (S3202: No), the process proceeds to step S3204. Migrate to

<Step S3203>
In step S3203, a single operation effect lottery process is performed for drawing whether or not to execute the single operation effect. Specifically, the presence / absence of execution of the single operation effect is determined based on the variation pattern command, the additional effect counter 512B, and the single operation effect table 511C stored in the ROM 512. FIG. 47A shows an example of the single operation effect table 511C. As described above, the additional effect counter 512B is updated, for example, in step S1003 (see FIG. 11).

  For example, consider a case where the lottery result indicated by the variation pattern command is usually a big hit. In this case, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 10001 to 10100, the MPU 51 selects “None” as the lottery result of whether or not to execute the single operation effect based on the single operation effect table 511C. Further, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 10101 to 10400, the MPU 51 selects “Yes” as the lottery result of whether or not to execute the single operation effect based on the single operation effect table 511C.

  Further, in step S3203, when the MPU 51 determines to execute the single operation effect, the MPU 51 executes a setting process for executing the single operation effect. Specifically, a single operation setting process similar to that in step S1305 (see FIG. 14) is executed.

<Step S3204>
Next, in step S3204, it is determined whether or not the continuous hit operation effect has already been selected. Specifically, a continuous hit effect flag 512h indicating whether or not the continuous hit operation effect is executed, a long press effect flag 512i indicating whether or not the long press operation effect is executed, and a rhythm effect flag indicating whether or not the rhythm operation effect is executed. It is determined whether any of 512C is ON. If it is determined that the continuous hit operation effect is not selected (S3204: No), the process proceeds to step S3205, and if it is determined that the continuous hit operation effect is selected (S3204: Yes). The processing moves to step S3207.

<Step S3205>
In step S3205, it is determined whether or not the remaining time counter 512A indicating the remaining variation time in the current game time is equal to or greater than a predetermined time T2. The time T2 is a value determined in advance as a time necessary for executing the special operation effect. That is, in step S3205, it is determined whether or not the special operation effect can be executed from the current time in the current game round. If it is determined that the remaining time counter 512A is equal to or greater than the time T2 (S3205: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3206. If the remaining time counter 512A is not equal to or greater than the time T2 (S3205: No), the process proceeds to step S3207. Migrate to

<Step S3206>
In step S3206, a special operation effect lottery process for drawing whether or not to execute the special operation effect is executed. Specifically, the presence or absence of execution of the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, and the rhythm operation effect belonging to the special operation effect is stored in the ROM 511 in advance, with the variation pattern command and the additional effect counter 512B. It is determined based on the special operation effect table 511D. FIG. 47B shows an example of the special operation effect table 511D.

  For example, consider a case where the lottery result indicated by the variation pattern command is usually a big hit. In this case, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 20201 to 20400, the MPU 51 selects the consecutive hit operation effect based on the special operation effect table 511D. In addition, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 30201 to 30400, the MPU 51 selects the long press operation effect based on the special operation effect table 511D. Further, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 40201 to 40400, the MPU 51 selects the rhythm operation effect based on the special operation effect table 511D.

  Further, in step S3206, when the MPU 51 determines to execute the special operation effect, the MPU 51 executes a setting process for executing the special operation effect. Specifically, when the continuous hitting operation effect is selected, the same continuous hitting operation setting process as that in step S1307 (see FIG. 14) is executed. If the long press operation effect is selected, the same long press operation effect as in step S1309 (see FIG. 14) is executed. Further, when the rhythm operation effect is selected, the rhythm operation setting process similar to step S3002 (see FIG. 44) is executed.

<Step S3207>
In step S3207, it is determined whether the notification operation effect has already been selected. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a notification effect flag 512D indicating whether or not the notification operation effect is executed is ON. If it is determined that the notification operation effect is not selected (S3207: No), the process proceeds to step S3208, and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is selected (S3207: Yes). Then, the additional operation effect lottery process is terminated.

<Step S3208>
Subsequently, in step S3208, it is determined whether or not the remaining time counter 512A indicating the remaining variation time in the current game time is equal to or greater than a predetermined time T3. The time T3 is a value determined in advance as a time necessary for executing the notification operation effect. That is, in step S3208, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect can be executed from the current time in the current game round. If it is determined that the remaining time counter 512A is equal to or greater than the time T3 (S3208: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3209. If the remaining time counter 512A is not equal to or greater than the time T3 (S3208: No), the additional operation effect is performed. The lottery process is terminated.

<Step S3209>
In step S3209, a notification operation effect lottery process for drawing whether or not to execute the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, the presence / absence of execution of the notification operation effect is determined based on the change pattern command, the additional effect counter 512B, and the notification operation effect table 511E stored in the ROM 511. FIG. 47C is a diagram showing an example of the notification operation effect table 511E.

  For example, consider a case where the lottery result indicated by the variation pattern command is usually a big hit. In this case, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is between 50001 and 50300, the MPU 51 selects “None” as the lottery result indicating whether or not to execute the notification operation effect based on the notification operation effect table 511E. Further, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 50301 to 50400, the MPU 51 selects “Yes” as the lottery result of whether or not to execute the notification operation effect based on the notification operation effect table 511E.

  Furthermore, in step S3209, when the MPU 51 determines to execute the notification operation effect, the MPU 51 executes a setting process for executing the notification operation effect. Specifically, the notification operation setting process similar to that in step S3004 (see FIG. 44) is executed.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, whether or not the process corresponding to each of the single operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect is executed is individually determined. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10, a plurality of operation effects may be executed in parallel. However, if control related to a plurality of operation effects (display control, voice control, lighting control, etc.) is executed in parallel, the contents of the operation effects reflecting the operation of the operation buttons 22 are mixed and the player feels uncomfortable. There is a risk of giving.

  Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, a priority is set in advance for each type of operation effect, and the MPU 51 controls whether or not the operation effect is executed and the content of the effect according to the priority. More specifically, in this embodiment, the priority of the single operation effect is the highest, the priority of the special operation effect is the next highest, and the priority of the notification operation effect is set to be the lowest. To do. That is, the priority corresponding to the operation effect is set such that when the jackpot lottery result is a jackpot, the higher the probability that the operation effect will be executed. In addition, when the jackpot lottery result is a jackpot, the probability that the operation effect is executed differs for each type of the single operation effect, differs for each type of the special operation effect, for each type of the notification operation effect It is also possible that they are different. Then, as will be described below, when it is determined that a process corresponding to a plurality of operation effects is executed for one game time, the MPU 51 is executed at that game time according to the combination of the operation effects. The content of the operation effect is changed. In addition, not only the method using the said priority but it is also considered as another embodiment that the operation effect which reflects operation of the said operation button 22 is preset for every combination of several operation effects.

<Steps S3102 to S3106>
Returning to the explanation of FIG. 45, after the additional effect lottery process (S3101) is executed, the MPU 51 executes the notification operation effect process in the subsequent step S3102 and executes the rhythm operation effect process in step S3103. Thereafter, the MPU 51 sequentially executes the continuous hit operation effect process (S1006), the long press operation effect process (S1007), and the single operation effect process (S1005).

  Hereinafter, an example of the procedure of the notification operation effect process and the rhythm operation effect process will be described, and then another example of the continuous hit operation effect process (S1006) and the long press operation effect process (S1007) will also be described. Since the single operation effect process (S1005) may be the same as that shown in FIG. 16, its description is omitted here.

[Notification Operation Effect Processing: S3102]
FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the notification operation effect process. In the notification operation effect process, a process for displaying the notification operation effect on the symbol display unit 341 is executed. The ROM 611 of the display control device 6 stores a plurality of types of images such as a notification operation start image and a notification result image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the notification operation effect. In addition to the display by the symbol display unit 341, the notification operation effect includes sound reproduction by the speaker 26 executed by the MPU 51, lighting control by the electrical decoration unit 27, and the like.

<Step S3401>
In step S3401, it is determined whether or not to execute the notification operation effect. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not to execute the notification operation effect based on the notification effect flag 512D. If it is determined that the notification operation effect is to be executed (S3401: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3402 and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is not to be executed (S3401: No), the notification operation effect process is performed. finish.

<Step S3402>
In step S3402, it is determined whether the start timing of the notification operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores a start standby time from the start of the variable display on the symbol display unit 341 to the start of the notification operation effect for each type of the notification operation effect. In step S3402, it is determined that the start timing of the notification operation effect has arrived when the start standby time corresponding to the type of the notification operation effect has elapsed since the start of variable display on the symbol display unit 341. . The MPU 51 can determine the elapsed time from the start of the variable display based on the remaining time counter 512A. Here, when the start timing of the notification operation effect has arrived (S3402: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3403, and when the start timing of the notification operation effect has not arrived (S3402: No). The notification operation effect process ends.

<Step S3403>
In step S3403, it is determined whether or not reception of the operation button 22 in the notification operation effect has been started, depending on whether or not the notification reception start flag 512n5 is on. The notification acceptance start flag 512n5 is a flag indicating whether or not the acceptance of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. The notification acceptance start flag 512n5 is turned on in step S3406 described later and turned off in step S3434 described later. If the notification reception start flag 512n5 is on (S3403: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3431. If the notification reception start flag 512n5 is not on (S3403: No), the process proceeds to step S3404. To do.

<Step S3404>
In step S3404, it is determined whether or not the single operation effect or the special operation effect is set. Specifically, in the present embodiment, a single effect flag 512g indicating the presence / absence (on: present, off: none) of the one-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, and the rhythm operation effect. Then, it is determined whether or not any of the continuous hit effect flag 512h, the long press effect flag 512i, and the rhythm effect flag 512C is ON. Here, if it is determined that the single operation effect or the special operation effect is set (Yes in S3404), the process proceeds to step S3406, and the single operation effect and the special operation effect are not present. If it is determined that it has been set (S3404: No), the process proceeds to step S3405. That is, when the single operation effect or the special operation effect is executed, the notification operation start image is not displayed, and the notification reception start flag 512n5 is set to ON.

<Step S3405>
In step S3405, a display command is transmitted to the operation control device 6, thereby causing the symbol display unit 341 to display a notification operation start image corresponding to the type of the notification operation effect. Specifically, the notification operation start image corresponding to the notification content set in step S3004 or step S3209 is displayed. For example, a character image or a blank message frame image is displayed as the notification operation start image. In addition, instead of displaying the notification operation start image, or together with the display of the notification operation start image, the operation start timing of the operation button 22 is notified by voice through the speaker 26, or the lighting part 27 is turned on. Notification is also possible.

<Step S3406>
In step S3406, the notification reception start flag 512n5 is turned on in order to start reception of the operation button 22 in the notification scanning effect. Accordingly, when the notification operation effect process is executed next, the process proceeds to step S3431 in step S3403. The notice reception start flag 512n5 is turned off in step S3434 described later.

<Step S3431>
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S3403 that reception of the operation button 22 has been started, in subsequent step S3431, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 is within the operation valid period. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores an effective waiting time (for example, 1 to 5 seconds) preset for each type of the notification operation effect. Then, the MPU 51 determines that it is within the operation effective period when the effective waiting time has not elapsed since the display of the notification operation start image. Here, when it is within the operation effective period (S3431: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3432, and when it is not within the operation effective period (S3431: No), the process proceeds to step S3435.

<Step S3435>
In step S3435, by transmitting a display command to the operation control device 6, the notification operation start image is erased from the symbol display unit 341 and is not displayed. Thereby, the player recognizes the end of the notification operation effect.

<Step S3432>
On the other hand, in step S3432, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state, and the operation of the operation button 22 has started. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S3432: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3433 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not been started (S3432: No), the notification operation effect process is terminated.

<Steps S3433 to S3434>
In step S3433, by transmitting a display command to the operation control device 6, a notification effect control process for displaying a notification result image on the symbol display unit 341 in accordance with the operation of the operation button 22 is executed. Thereafter, in step S3434, the notification effect flag 512D and the notification reception start flag 512n5 used in the notification operation effect process are set off. Note that the display of the notification result image ends after a predetermined time has elapsed. On the other hand, when the notification operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, the operation of the operation button 22 is also reflected in the special operation effect. Further, when the notification operation effect and the single operation effect are executed in parallel, the operation of the operation button 22 is also reflected in the single operation effect.

  That is, when the MPU 51 executes the notification operation effect and the special operation effect or the single operation effect in parallel, the MPU 51 performs the operation of the first operation button 22 with the notification operation effect and the special operation effect or the single operation effect. It is reflected in the operation effect. Thereby, one operation of the operation means can be reflected in the notification operation effect process and the special operation effect process or the single operation effect, and both effects can be shown to the player. When the special operation effect is executed, the MPU 51 reflects the subsequent operation of the operation button 22 in the special operation effect.

[Notification production control processing]
Here, an example of the procedure of the notification effect control process executed by the MPU 51 in step S3433 will be described with reference to FIG.

<Step S3501>
First, in step S3501, it is determined whether the single operation effect or the special operation effect is executed in parallel with the notification operation effect. That is, in step S3501, it is determined whether or not the single operation effect or the special operation effect having a higher priority than the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not any one-shot effect flag 512g, continuous hit effect flag 512h, long press effect flag 512i, or rhythm effect flag 512C is on. If it is determined that the single operation effect or the special operation effect is executed (S3501: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3502, and it is determined that the single operation effect and the special operation effect are not executed. Then (S3501: No), the process proceeds to step S3511.

  By the way, when the single operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the image F1 suggesting the single operation effect is displayed during the symbol variation display in the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 70A). And the image F2 which suggests execution of the said notification operation effect is displayed (refer FIG. 70 (B), (C)). Conventionally, in such a case, a process of displaying a predetermined message or the like with a predetermined probability as a result of the notification operation effect, and a process of displaying a result of a big win lottery as a result of the single operation effect It is executed individually. That is, the display results of the notification operation effect and the single operation effect may not be linked in content. Note that the same applies to the case where the single operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, as well as the case where the single operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel. On the other hand, as described below, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the display results of the notification operation effect and the single operation effect or the special operation effect are displayed in a linked manner. There is.

<Step S3502>
In step S3502, in the notification effect control process, a corresponding notification display that displays notification contents linked to the result of the single operation effect or the special operation effect, such as a first corresponding notification display or a second corresponding notification display described later. It is determined whether or not to execute. For example, the MPU 51 determines whether or not to execute the corresponding notice display with a predetermined probability according to a predetermined random number value updated at a predetermined timing. If it is determined that the corresponding notice display is to be executed (S3502: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3503. If it is determined that the corresponding notice display is not to be executed (S3502: No), the process proceeds to step S3511. As a result, even when the notification operation effect and the single operation effect or the special operation effect are executed in one game time, there are cases where the corresponding notification display is executed and cases where the corresponding notification display is not executed. Is realized, the degree of attention to the game can be increased. In addition, about the same content as the said 2nd corresponding | compatible notification display, you may display by the below-mentioned normal notification display.

<Step S3503>
In step S3503, it is determined whether or not the result of the jackpot lottery for the current game round is a jackpot. Specifically, the presence / absence of a jackpot is determined based on the variation type indicated by the variation pattern command. If it is determined that the game is a big hit (S3503: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3504. If it is determined that the game is not a big hit (S3503: No), the process proceeds to step S3505.

<Step S3511>
In step S3511, a notification result image corresponding to the notification content set in step S3004 or step S3209 is selected from the plurality of notification result images stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the notification operation effect, A display command indicating the notification result image is transmitted to the display control device 6, and the normal notification display to be displayed on the symbol display unit 341 is executed (see FIG. 69C or 69D).

<Step S3504>
In step S3504, a first corresponding notification image determined in advance corresponding to the case where the jackpot lottery result is a jackpot is selected from the plurality of notification result images stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the notification operation effect. Then, a display command indicating the first corresponding notification image is transmitted to the display control device 6 and displayed on the symbol display unit 341. That is, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, even if the notification content is set in the step S3004 or the step S3209, the result of the jackpot lottery is used instead of the notification result image corresponding to the notification content. A first corresponding notification image corresponding to is displayed. The first corresponding notification image is a message that can suggest a jackpot to the player, such as “I did it!” Or “Confirmed!” (FIGS. 70D and 70E). )reference).

<Step S3505>
On the other hand, in step S3505, a second corresponding notification image determined in advance corresponding to a case where the result of the big hit lottery is out of the plurality of notification result images stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the notification operation effect. And a display command indicating the second corresponding notification image is transmitted to the display control device 6 and displayed on the symbol display unit 341. That is, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, even if the notification content is set in the step S3004 or the step S3209, the result of the jackpot lottery is used instead of the notification result image corresponding to the notification content. The second correspondence notification image corresponding to is displayed. The second correspondence notification image is a message for suppressing a decrease in expectation such as “Don't give up!” Or “Still still!” (FIG. 70 (F)). Thereafter, when the symbol variation display of the symbol variation display unit 343 is completed, the result of the big hit lottery is displayed (FIG. 70 (G)). Thereby, for example, a decrease in the degree of attention to the player's game due to the display of the result image of the single operation effect or the special operation effect can be suppressed by the notification content in the notification operation effect.

  According to the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when the single operation effect or the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, when the operation button 22 is operated, the notification is performed. The effect result of the operation effect is displayed, and the effect result of the single operation effect or the special operation effect is displayed. That is, according to the operation of the operation button 22, the single operation effect or the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are displayed almost simultaneously. Furthermore, the notification content in the notification operation effect may be changed according to the result of the jackpot lottery, and the result display of the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect and the result display of the notification operation effect are specific. May link. For example, when the result of the jackpot lottery is a jackpot winning, it is suggested that the jackpot winning is based on both the single operation effect or the special operation effect and the notification operation effect. Thereby, for example, the player's sense of achievement at the time of jackpot can be enhanced, and the interest of the game can be enhanced. In addition, even if the result of the jackpot lottery suggested by the single operation effect or the special operation effect is out of place, the notice operation effect suppresses a decrease in expectation, for example, a player's attention to the game A decrease in the degree can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, when the rhythm operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, or the long press operation effect process and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, when the operation button 22 is operated, the notification operation is performed. The notification result image in the effect is displayed. And the said rhythm operation effect process, the said continuous hit operation effect process, or the said long press operation effect process are continuously performed after the display of the notification result image in the said notification operation effect. At this time, the notification content in the notification operation effect may be changed according to the result of the jackpot lottery, and the rhythm operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, or the long press operation effect process and the notification operation effect. Result display may be linked in content. For example, if the result of the jackpot lottery is a jackpot winning, it is suggested that the jackpot winning is indicated by the notification operation effect, and then the rhythm operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, or the long press operation effect. Processing may be executed. Thereby, for example, a player's attention to the game can be increased and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

[Rhythm operation effect processing]
Next, an example of the procedure of the rhythm operation effect process will be described with reference to FIG. In the rhythm operation effect process, the MPU 51 executes a process for displaying the rhythm operation effect on the symbol display unit 341. The ROM 611 of the display control device 6 has a plurality of types of rhythm operation preview images, rhythm operation moving images, rhythm operation effect images, rhythm operation result images, and effect end images displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the rhythm operation effect. It is remembered.

<Step S3601>
In step S3601, it is determined whether or not to execute the rhythm operation effect. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not to execute the rhythm operation effect based on the rhythm effect flag 512C. Here, when the rhythm operation effect is executed (S3601: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3602, and when the rhythm operation effect is not executed (S3601: No), the rhythm operation effect process is ended.

<Step S3602>
In step S3602, it is determined whether the start timing of the rhythm operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores a start standby time for each type of rhythm operation effect after the start of variable display on the symbol display unit 341 until the rhythm operation effect is started. In step S3602, it is determined that the start timing of the rhythm operation effect has arrived when the start waiting time corresponding to the type of the rhythm operation effect has elapsed since the start of variable display on the symbol display unit 341. . Here, when the start timing of the rhythm operation effect has arrived (S3602: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3603, and when the start timing of the rhythm operation effect has not arrived (S3602: No). Then, the rhythm operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S3603>
In step S3603, it is determined whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect has been started, depending on whether or not the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is on. The rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is a flag indicating whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. The rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is set to ON in step S3608 described later and set to OFF in step S3618. If the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is on (S3603: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3609. If the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is not on (S3603: No), the process proceeds to step S3604. To do.

<Steps S3604 to S3605>
In step S3604, it is determined whether or not a rhythm operation preview image for indicating the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 corresponding to the type of rhythm operation effect is already displayed on the symbol display unit 341. If the rhythm operation preview image is not displayed (S3604: No), the rhythm operation preview image corresponding to the type of rhythm operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the subsequent step S3605.

  For example, a notification indicating a mission such as “Please operate the button according to the rhythm” is displayed as the rhythm operation preview image. Instead of displaying the rhythm operation preview image, or together with the display of the rhythm operation preview image, the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 may be notified by voice through the speaker 26. On the other hand, if the rhythm operation preview image has already been displayed (S3604: Yes), the process skips step S3605 and proceeds to step S3606.

<Step S3606>
In step S3606, it is determined whether or not the notice duration time preset for each rhythm operation notice image and stored in the ROM 511 has elapsed. The notice duration is a waiting time set in advance as a time during which the player can recognize the content of the rhythm operation notice image after the rhythm operation notice image is displayed. The advance notice duration may be a common time for a plurality of effect contents or a plurality of rhythm operation notice images. If the notice duration time corresponding to the rhythm operation notice image has elapsed (S3606: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3607, and if the notice duration time has not elapsed (S3606: No), the rhythm operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S3607>
In step S3607, an output command of a rhythm operation moving image for indicating the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is transmitted to the display control device 6, and the rhythm operation moving image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. In step S3607, the MPU 51 uses the speaker 26 to start outputting rhythm sound corresponding to the rhythm operation moving image. Thereby, the player can recognize the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect by the rhythm operation moving image and the rhythm sound.

<Step S3608>
In step S3608, the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is set to ON in order to start reception of the operation of the operation button 22. Thus, when the rhythm operation effect is executed next, the process proceeds to step S3609 in step S3603. Note that the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is set to OFF in step S3618 described later.

<Step S3609>
In step S3609, it is determined whether the production time of the rhythm operation effect has elapsed. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores the effect time for each type of the rhythm operation effect, and the MPU 51 determines the effect time based on a timer value that starts counting after the display of the rhythm operation video is started. It is determined whether or not elapses. If it is determined that the effect time has elapsed (S3609: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3619. If the effect time has not elapsed (S3609: No), the process proceeds to step S3610. .

<Step S3610>
In step S3610, it is determined whether it is within the effective operation period in the rhythm operation effect. For example, in the ROM 511, a period including a predetermined time before and after one or a plurality of optimum operation timings is preset as the effective operation period for each type of the rhythm operation effect. And MPU51 judges whether it is the said effective operation period based on the timer value started at the time of the display start of the said rhythm operation moving image. The step S3609 may be another method as long as it can be determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted as an operation in the rhythm operation effect. Here, if it is within the operation effective period (S3610: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3611, and if it is not within the operation effective period (S3610: No), the rhythm operation effect process ends.

<Step S3611>
In step S3611, it is determined whether the single operation effect is executed in parallel. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a single effect flag 512g indicating the presence or absence of the single operation effect is on. If it is determined that the single operation effect is executed (S3611: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3613. If it is determined that the single operation effect is not executed (S3611: No), the process is performed. The process moves to step S3612. That is, the content of the rhythm operation effect is changed depending on whether or not the single operation effect and the rhythm operation effect are executed in parallel.

<Step S3612>
More specifically, if the rhythm operation effect and the single operation effect are not executed in parallel in one game time, it is determined in step S3612 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 has been started. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not the operation button 22 has started operating according to whether or not the second pattern flag 512e is on. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S3612: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3614. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S3612: No), the rhythm operation is performed. The production process is terminated. Note that the MPU 51 receives the operation of the operation button 22 only once for each effective operation period. For example, the start flag is reset to OFF at the start of the effective operation period, the start flag is set to ON according to the operation of the operation button 22, and if the start flag is ON, the rhythm operation is performed in step S3610. It is conceivable that the production process is terminated.

<Step S3613>
On the other hand, if the rhythm operation effect and the single operation effect are executed in parallel in one game time, it is determined in step S3613 whether the current time is the optimal operation timing in the operation effective period. To do. Specifically, the optimum operation timing is determined in advance as the timing at which the point value added to the rhythm counter becomes the largest when the operation button 22 is operated at that time. For example, the optimum operation timing is an intermediate point in the operation effective period. If it is determined that the current time is the optimal operation timing (S3613: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3614. If it is determined that the current time is not the optimal operation timing (S3613: No), the rhythm operation effect processing is performed. Terminate. That is, the MPU 51 reflects the operation of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect process having a relatively high priority, and the rhythm operation effect process having a relatively low priority is set in advance without the operation button 22 being operated. Reflected pseudo-rhythm operation. In addition, not only the method using the priority but the combination of the single operation effect and the rhythm operation effect, the single operation effect is set in advance as an effect in which the operation of the operation button 22 is reflected. Is also conceivable as another embodiment.

<Step S3614>
In step S3614, a point value corresponding to the difference between the current time and the optimum operation timing is added to the rhythm counter 512E. For example, as the operation timing of the operation button 22 is closer to the optimum operation timing, the higher point value is added. The current time and the optimum operation timing are determined based on the elapsed time from the start of displaying the rhythm operation moving image.

  Thereby, when the single operation effect is not executed, the higher the point value is added to the rhythm counter 512E as the current time as the operation timing (S3612: Yes) of the operation button 22 is closer to the optimal operation timing. On the other hand, when the one-shot operation effect is executed, step S3614 is automatically executed at the optimum operation timing (S3613: Yes) without the operation button 22 being operated. Is added to the rhythm counter 512E.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10, when the single operation effect and the rhythm operation effect are executed in parallel, it is assumed that the operation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is performed at an optimal timing. The rhythm operation effect is executed. Thus, even if the operation button 22 is not operated, the player is not treated disadvantageously in the rhythm operation effect, so that the player can freely determine only the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect, The interest of the game can be enhanced and the player's willingness to play can be improved.

  By the way, as described above, when the single operation effect and the rhythm operation effect are executed in parallel, the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is not automatically operated at the optimal timing. The player must operate at the first operation timing of the rhythm operation effect, and may not be able to operate at a free timing. Therefore, the MPU 51 transmits a display command to the display control device 6 between the step S3609 and the step S3610, and causes the symbol display unit 341 to display that the operation is automatically performed in the rhythm operation effect. Can be considered. For example, a message such as “During rhythm auto operation” may be displayed, or an image of the operation button 22 and an image of a character operating the operation button 22 may be displayed. Thereby, the player can recognize that the operation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is automatically performed at the optimum timing, and can concentrate on the operation of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect.

<Step S3615>
In step S3615, a display command is transmitted to the display control device 6, and a rhythm operation effect image corresponding to the operation of the operation button 22 is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. For example, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of rhythm operation effect images whose contents change as the value of the rhythm counter 512E increases. In step S3615, the rhythm operation effect image corresponding to the value of the rhythm counter 512E is stored. It is read and displayed.

  Specifically, when the rhythm operation effect is an effect of opening the door according to the rhythm operation of the operation button 22, an image of the door gradually opening is displayed on the symbol display unit 341, and the rhythm of the operation button 22 is displayed. In the case of an effect that destroys an object according to an operation, an image in which the object is gradually destroyed is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Regardless of the rhythm counter 512E, a rhythm operation effect image corresponding to each point value is stored in the ROM 611, and the rhythm operation effect image corresponds to the point value corresponding to each operation of the operation button 22. It may be displayed. For example, when the point value is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, a first action is performed in which an enemy character or the like falls, and when the point value is less than the predetermined threshold, a second action that is attacked by an enemy character or the like is performed. A display example that is executed is conceivable.

  In step S3615, the MPU 51 outputs an effect sound corresponding to the display of the rhythm operation effect image from the speaker 26, and turns on the electrical decoration unit 27 in a lighting manner corresponding to the display of the rhythm operation effect image. For example, it is conceivable that the speaker 26 reproduces a sound effect of opening the door gradually, a sound of breaking objects, etc., and the volume at that time gradually increases. In addition, it is conceivable that the lighting unit 27 gradually increases in the number of lightings and gradually increases in brightness as the rhythm counter increases. Thereby, in the rhythm operation effect, the effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. The sound lamp control device 5 outputs a sound effect corresponding to the rhythm operation of the operation button 22 from the speaker 26 for each operation of the operation button 22 together with the effect sound corresponding to the display of the rhythm operation effect image. Thereby, the player can obtain the sense that the rhythm operation of the operation button 22 is accepted by the sound effect.

<Step S3616>
Next, in step S3616, it is determined whether or not the rhythm counter 512E has reached the third specified value or more. The third specified value is a value set in step S3002 or step S3206. If the rhythm counter 512E is greater than or equal to the third specified value (S3616: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3617, and if the rhythm counter 512E is not greater than or equal to the third specified value (S3616: No), The rhythm operation effect process ends.

<Step S3617>
In step S 3617, the rhythm operation result image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341 as a result of the rhythm operation of the operation button 22. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of rhythm operation result images corresponding to the types of rhythm operation effects. In step S3617, a rhythm operation result image selected according to information on the presence or absence of jackpot occurrence included in the variation pattern command among a plurality of rhythm operation result images corresponding to the rhythm operation effect is displayed. The display command is transmitted to the display control device 6.

  For example, a rhythm operation result image including the characters “success!” And a rhythm operation result image including the characters “failure!” Are stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the rhythm operation effect, and the variation pattern command is a big hit. The rhythm operation result image including the characters “success!” Is displayed when the occurrence information is included, and the information including the characters “failure!” Is included when the variation pattern command includes information without occurrence of the jackpot. It is conceivable to display a rhythm operation result image. The rhythm operation result image is not limited to the presence / absence of jackpot occurrence, and may be an image of a notification or a character for suggesting the expected degree of jackpot occurrence.

  In step S3617, the MPU 51 outputs a production sound corresponding to the rhythm operation result image from the speaker 26, and turns on the illumination unit 27 in a lighting manner corresponding to the rhythm operation result image. Thereby, in the rhythm operation effect, the effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. Further, when the gaming machine 10 includes a vibration means such as a vibration motor or a piezoelectric element for vibrating the operation button 22, in step S3617, the MPU 51 displays the rhythm operation result image and controls the vibration means. It is also conceivable that by causing the operation button 22 to vibrate, the occurrence of jackpot or the expectation of jackpot is high.

  In this way, in the rhythm operation effect, the rhythm operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the contents of the effect display, and the player can be notified of the presence or absence of jackpot and the expectation level of the jackpot by the effect display. Therefore, when the jackpot is won, it is possible to give the player a feeling that the jackpot has been won by his / her own operation, and the player's willingness to operate can be improved.

<Step S3618>
Thereafter, in step S3618, the rhythm effect flag 512C and the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 used in the rhythm operation effect process are turned off, the rhythm counter 512E is cleared to 0, and the rhythm operation effect process ends.

<Step S3619>
If it is determined in step S3609 that the effect time of the rhythm operation effect has elapsed (S3609: Yes), in subsequent step S3619, the MPU 51 displays an effect end image indicating the end of the rhythm operation effect. 341 is displayed. Note that the player can recognize the end of the rhythm operation effect by lowering the display brightness of the symbol display unit 341 instead of displaying the effect end image, or by deleting the display related to the rhythm operation effect. Conceivable. In step S <b> 3619, the MPU 51 stops the reproduction of the effect sound for the rhythm operation effect by the speaker 26 and ends the lighting mode for the rhythm operation effect by the electrical decoration unit 27.

[Another example of continuous operation effect processing]
Subsequently, another example of the procedure of the continuous hitting operation effect process (see FIG. 17) will be described with reference to FIG. Specifically, in the continuous hit operation effect process shown in FIG. 51, when it is determined that the operation is within the effective period (S1509: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3701.

<Step S3701>
In step S3701, it is determined whether the single operation effect is executed in parallel. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a single effect flag 512g indicating the presence or absence of a single operation effect that is the single operation effect is on. If it is determined that the single operation effect is executed (S3701: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1511. If it is determined that the single operation effect is not executed (S3701: No), the process is performed. The process proceeds to step S1510. That is, the MPU 51 changes the content of the repeated operation effect according to whether or not the single operation effect and the repeated operation effect are executed in parallel.

  More specifically, when the one-shot operation effect is executed (S3701: Yes), step S1511 is automatically executed without the operation button 22 being operated, and the repeated hit counter 512k is added. Become. In other words, the MPU 51 reflects the operation of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect process having a relatively high priority, and is set in advance without the operation button 22 in the repeated operation effect process having a relatively low priority. Reflect the repeated pseudo-hit operation. In addition to the method using the priority, the single operation effect is set in advance as an effect that reflects the operation of the operation button 22 for the combination of the single operation effect and the continuous operation effect. Is also conceivable as another embodiment. If it is determined in step S3701 that the single operation effect is to be executed, step S1511 is executed every time the continuous operation effect process is executed a predetermined number of times. It is also possible to add them.

  Thus, in the gaming machine 10, when the single operation effect and the continuous operation effect are executed in parallel, the continuous operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous operation effect is automatically performed. Is processed as As a result, the player recognizes that there is no disadvantage in the repeated operation effect without operating the operation button 22, and can freely determine only the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect. It is possible to improve the interest of the game and improve the player's willingness to play.

  For example, when the repeated operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the image F3 suggesting the repeated operation effect during the symbol variation display in the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 71A). And the image F2 which suggests execution of the said notification operation effect is displayed (refer FIG. 71 (B), (C)). When the operation button 22 is operated, for example, “Chance!” Or the like is a message that can indicate the possibility of a big hit to the player (see FIG. 71D). Further, the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted as a continuous hit operation in the continuous hit operation effect (see FIG. 71D). Thereafter, the continuous hit operation effect is continuously executed (see FIG. 71 (E)), and the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect is displayed (see FIGS. 71 (F) and 71 (G)).

  By the way, as described above, when the single operation effect and the continuous operation effect are executed in parallel, the player who does not know that the operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous operation effect is automatically performed. There is a possibility that the operation button 22 cannot be operated at a free timing with respect to the single operation effect. Therefore, it is conceivable that the MPU 51 displays on the symbol display unit 341 that the operation is automatically performed in the repeated hitting operation effect between the Yes side of Step S3701 and the Step S1510. For example, it is conceivable that a message such as “during automatic hitting operation” is displayed, or an image of the operation button 22 and an image of a character operating the operation button 22 are displayed. Thereby, the player can recognize that the operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous operation effect is automatically performed, and can concentrate on the operation of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect.

[Other examples of long press operation effect processing]
Subsequently, another example of the procedure of the long press operation effect process (see FIG. 18) will be described with reference to FIG. Specifically, in the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 52, when it is determined that the operation is within the effective period (S1611: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3801.

<Step S3801>
In step S3801, it is determined whether the single operation effect is executed in parallel. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a single effect flag 512g indicating the presence or absence of the single operation effect is on. If it is determined that the single operation effect is executed (S3801: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1615. If it is determined that the single operation effect is not executed (S3801: No), the process is performed. The process proceeds to step S1612. That is, the content of the long press operation effect is changed according to whether or not the single operation effect and the long press operation effect are executed in parallel.

  More specifically, when the single operation effect is executed, step S1615 is automatically executed without adding the operation button 22, and the long press counter 512m is added. That is, the MPU 51 reflects the operation of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect process with a relatively high priority, and does not involve the operation of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect process with a relatively low priority in advance. Reflect the set pseudo long press operation. In addition, not only the method using the priority but the combination of the single operation effect and the long press effect, the single operation effect is preset as an effect reflecting the operation of the operation button 22. Is also conceivable as another embodiment.

  Thus, in the gaming machine 10, when the single operation effect and the long press operation effect are executed in parallel, the long press operation of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect is automatically performed. Are treated as if Thereby, the player recognizes that the long press operation effect is not disadvantageously handled without operating the operation button 22, and can freely determine only the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect. It is possible to improve the interest of the game and improve the player's willingness to play.

  By the way, as described above, when the single operation effect and the long press operation effect are executed in parallel, the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect is not automatically operated at the timing. The player may think that the operation button 22 cannot be operated at any timing with respect to the single operation effect. Therefore, it is conceivable that the MPU 51 displays on the symbol display unit 341 that the operation is automatically performed in the long press operation effect between the Yes side of Step S3801 and the Step S1511. For example, a message such as “during long press auto operation” may be displayed, or an image of the operation button 22 and an image of a character operating the operation button 22 may be displayed. Thereby, the player can recognize that the operation of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect is automatically performed, and can concentrate on the operation of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect.

  When a plurality of the operation effects are executed in parallel, it is conceivable that images of a plurality of operation buttons are displayed on the symbol display unit 343 as the plurality of operation effects are executed. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10, it is considered that the position of the image of the operation button displayed by the MPU 61 in various operation effects is common. Thereby, even when a plurality of the operation effects are in parallel, the images of the operation buttons are displayed in an overlapping manner. In addition, a button display flag for recording whether or not the operation button image is displayed in the symbol display unit 343 is provided in the RAM 512, and the MPU 51 determines whether the operation button image is displayed in various operation effects. It is conceivable that the image of the operation button is not displayed when the button display flag is set to ON or OFF and the button display flag is already ON.

  Furthermore, when the single operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, an effect end image may be displayed individually for the single operation effect and the special operation effect. Therefore, the MPU 51 determines whether or not the single operation effect is executed in a display step (for example, steps S1516, S1620, and S3619) for displaying the effect end image in the special operation effect, When the single operation effect is executed, the display step of the effect end image may be skipped. Thereby, when the single operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, it is prevented that the effect end images are individually displayed for the single operation effect and the special operation effect.

[Twenty-first embodiment]
As described in the twentieth embodiment, when the single operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, it is assumed that an optimum operation is automatically performed for the special operation effect. It is conceivable that processing proceeds. However, in this case, the effect result of the special operation effect may be displayed before accepting the user operation of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a configuration will be described in which an effect result is displayed by a user operation of the operation button 22 when the single operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel.

[Step S3901]
FIG. 53 is a flowchart for explaining another example of the rhythm operation effect processing (see FIG. 50). As shown in FIG. 53, if it is determined in step S3616 that the rhythm counter 512E is equal to or greater than the third specified value, in the subsequent step S3901, it is determined whether or not the single operation effect is executed in parallel. to decide. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a single effect flag 512g indicating the presence or absence of the single operation effect is on. In addition, that the rhythm counter 512E reaches the third specified value or more is an example of the display condition of the effect result in the rhythm operation effect process.

  Here, if it is determined that the one-shot operation effect is executed (S3901: Yes), the rhythm operation effect process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the single operation effect is not executed (S3901: No), the process proceeds to step S3617. That is, when the single operation effect and the rhythm operation effect are executed in parallel, even if the rhythm counter 512E reaches the third specified value or more, the rhythm operation result image obtained in step S3617. Is not displayed. Therefore, since the effect result of the one-shot operation effect is displayed by the user operation of the operation button 22 without displaying the effect result before the user operates the operation button 22, the interest of the game is enhanced. The user's willingness to operate can be increased. When the single operation effect is ended by the operation of the operation button 22, the single operation flag 512g is set to OFF. Therefore, it is determined in step S3901 that the single operation effect is not executed, and the rhythm operation effect is displayed. The effect result is displayed.

  Although the rhythm operation effect process has been described as an example here, the same applies to the continuous hit operation effect process and the long press operation effect process.

  That is, as shown in FIG. 54, in the repeated hitting operation effect process, when it is determined in step S1513 that the repeated hitting counter 512k is equal to or greater than the first specified value, in the subsequent step S4001, the single shot operation effect is performed in parallel. If it is determined whether or not it is executed and it is determined that the single operation effect is executed (S4001: Yes), the repeated operation effect processing ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the single operation effect is not executed (S4001: No), the process proceeds to step S1514. That is, when the single operation effect and the continuous operation effect are executed in parallel, even if the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more, the continuous operation result image in step S1514. Is not displayed. On the other hand, when the single operation effect is ended by the operation of the operation button 22, the single operation flag 512g is set to OFF, so that it is determined in step S4001 that the single operation effect is not executed, and the repeated operation effect is displayed. The effect result is displayed. In addition, it is an example of the display condition of the effect result in the said continuous hit operation effect process that the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the said 1st specified value or more.

  Similarly, as shown in FIG. 55, in the long press operation effect process, when it is determined in step S1617 that the long press counter 512m is equal to or larger than the second specified value, in the subsequent step S4101, the single operation effect effect is obtained. Are determined to be executed in parallel, and if it is determined that the single operation effect is to be executed (S4101: Yes), the long press operation effect process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the single operation effect is not executed (S4101: No), the process proceeds to step S1618. That is, when the single operation effect and the long press operation effect are executed in parallel, even if the long press counter 512m reaches the second specified value or more, the long press in step S1618 is performed. The operation result image is not displayed. On the other hand, when the single operation effect is ended by the operation of the operation button 22, the single operation flag 512g is set to OFF, so that it is determined in step S4101 that the single operation effect is not executed, and the long press operation effect is performed. Will be displayed. Note that the long press counter 512m reaching the second specified value or more is an example of the display condition of the effect result in the long press operation effect process.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, when the single operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, a special operation is performed before receiving a user operation of the operation button 22 in the single operation effect. The effect result by the operation effect is not displayed, and the effect result can be displayed by the user operation of the operation button 22.

  When the single operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, and when the display timing of the effect result by the special operation effect arrives, the MPU 51 does not display the effect result. It is also conceivable to end the special operation effect by resetting the continuous hit effect flag 512h, the long press effect flag 512i, or the rhythm effect flag 512C to off. Thereby, since the special operation effect ends after a certain amount of time has elapsed, for example, the operation sound of the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect or the long press operation effect continues until the operation effective period elapses. It is prevented that the ringing continues until the end of the one-shot operation effect.

[Twenty-second embodiment]
In the twentieth embodiment, when the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, in response to the operation of the first operation button 22 (S3432: Yes), the notification operation effect in the subsequent step S3433. A description has been given of the case where various types of notification display are executed. On the other hand, when the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the display timing of the effect result image in the special operation effect, that is, the last time until the effect result image is displayed. When the operation button 22 is operated, various notification displays in the notification operation effect may be executed.

  FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing another example of the notification operation effect process, and FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing another example of the rhythm operation effect process.

[Another example of notification operation effect processing]
As shown in FIG. 56, when the operation is within the effective period (S3431: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4200.

<Step S4200>
In step S4200, it is determined whether or not the special operation effect is executed. Specifically, a continuous hit effect flag 512h indicating whether or not the continuous hit operation effect is executed, a long press effect flag 512i indicating whether or not the long press operation effect is executed, and a rhythm effect flag indicating whether or not the rhythm operation effect is executed. It is determined whether any of 512C is ON.

  If it is determined that the special operation effect is executed (S4200: Yes), the notification operation effect process is terminated, and if it is determined that the special operation effect is not executed (S4200: No), the process is performed. Proceeds to step S3432. In other words, when the notification operation effect is executed in parallel with the special operation effect, the notification content in the notification operation effect process is displayed even when the operation button 22 is operated. The effect control process (S3433) is not executed.

  On the other hand, when the special operation effect is finished, the continuous hit effect flag 512h, the long press effect flag 512i, the rhythm effect flag 512C, or the like is set to OFF, and thus the special operation effect is executed in step S4200. It is determined that it is not performed, and the effect result of the notification operation effect is displayed. Accordingly, various notification displays in the notification operation effect are executed when the last operation button 22 is operated until the effect result image in the special operation effect is displayed.

[Other examples of rhythm operation effect processing]
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 57, in the rhythm operation effect process, when the rhythm counter 512E has reached the third specified value or more (S3616: Yes), the single operation effect is not executed (S36901). No), the process proceeds to step S4201.

<Step S4201>
In step S4201, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a notification effect flag 512D indicating the presence or absence of the notification operation effect is on. If it is determined that the notification operation effect is executed (S4201: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4202, and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is not executed (S4201: No), the process is performed. The process moves to step S3617.

<Steps S4202 to S4203>
In step S4202, the notification effect control process (see FIG. 49) is executed. That is, when the rhythm operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the last operation button 22 before the effect result in the rhythm operation effect is displayed, that is, the rhythm counter 512E is displayed. When the third specified value is reached, notification display in the notification operation effect is executed. Note that, after the notification effect control process ends, in step S4203, as in step S3434, various flags used in the notification operation effect process are set to OFF.

  Accordingly, it is possible to link the result display of the rhythm operation effect executed separately and the result display of the notification operation effect in detail, and it is possible to add interest to the game. For example, if the result display of the notification operation effect is performed before the result display of the rhythm operation effect, the lottery result of the game times becomes clear and the willingness to operate the operation buttons 22 in the rhythm operation effect may be reduced. There is. On the other hand, according to the twenty-second embodiment, since the result display of the notification operation effect is not executed earlier than the result display of the rhythm operation effect, the result of the rhythm operation effect is not suggested to the user. It is possible to prevent a decrease in the willingness to operate in the rhythm operation effect.

[Another example of continuous operation effect processing]
The same applies to the continuous hitting operation effect processing as well as the rhythm operation effect processing. Specifically, FIG. 58 is a flowchart showing another example of the continuous hit operation effect process. As shown in FIG. 58, when the continuous hitting counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more (1513: Yes), and the single operation effect is not executed (S4101: No), the process proceeds to step S4301. Transition.

<Step S4301>
In step S4301, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a notification effect flag 512D indicating the presence or absence of the notification operation effect is on. If it is determined that the notification operation effect is executed (S4301: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4302, and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is not executed (S4302: No), the process is performed. The process proceeds to step S1514.

<Steps S4302 to S4303>
In step S4302, the notification effect control process (see FIG. 49) is executed. That is, when the continuous operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, when the last operation button 22 is operated before the effect result in the continuous operation effect is displayed, the notification operation effect is displayed. Announcement display will be executed. Note that after the notification effect control process ends, in step S4303, as in step S3434, various flags used in the notification operation effect process are set to OFF.

  Therefore, it is possible to link the result display of the consecutively operated operation effect and the result display of the notification operation effect that are executed individually, which can add interest to the game. For example, if the result display of the notification operation effect is performed before the result display of the continuous hit operation effect, the lottery result of the game times becomes clear, and the willingness to operate the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect may be reduced. There is. On the other hand, according to the twenty-second embodiment, since the result display of the notification operation effect is not executed earlier than the result display of the continuous operation effect, the result of the continuous operation effect is not suggested to the user. , It is possible to prevent a decrease in the willingness to operate in the continuous hitting operation effect.

[Other examples of long press operation effect processing]
Furthermore, the same applies to the long press operation effect process as well as the rhythm operation effect process. Specifically, FIG. 59 is a flowchart showing another example of the long press operation effect process. As shown in FIG. 59, when the long press counter 512m has reached the second specified value or more (1617: Yes) and the single operation effect is not executed (S4101: No), the processing is step S4401. Migrate to

<Step S4401>
In step S4401, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a notification effect flag 512D indicating the presence or absence of the notification operation effect is on. If it is determined that the notification operation effect is executed (S4401: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4402, and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is not executed (S4402: No), the process is performed. The process moves to step S1618.

<Steps S4402-S4403>
In step S4402, the notification effect control process (see FIG. 49) is executed. That is, when the long press operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the notification display in the notification operation effect is executed immediately before the effect result in the long press operation effect is displayed. It will be. Note that after the notification effect control process ends, in step S4403, as in step S3434, various flags used in the notification operation effect process are set to OFF.

  Therefore, it is possible to link the result display of the long press operation effect executed separately and the result display of the notification operation effect, which can add interest to the game. For example, if the result display of the notification operation effect is performed before the result display of the long press operation effect, the lottery result of the game times becomes clear and the willingness to operate the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect decreases. There is a risk. On the other hand, according to the twenty-second embodiment, since the result display of the notification operation effect is not executed earlier than the result display of the long press operation effect, the result of the long press operation effect is suggested to the user. In other words, it is possible to prevent a decrease in the willingness to operate in the long press operation effect.

[Twenty-third embodiment]
In the twentieth embodiment to the twenty-second embodiment, the case where any one of the single operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect is executed in parallel has been described. On the other hand, the gaming machine 10 may be controlled so that the single operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect are not executed in parallel. However, even in this case, in the gaming machine 10, it is important to improve the player's willingness to play by increasing the attention to the game and the interest of the game. Therefore, in the present embodiment, while realizing a configuration in which the single operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect are not executed in parallel by simple processing, the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game are increased. A configuration that can improve the player's willingness to play will be described.

  60 is a flowchart showing another example of the single operation effect lottery process (S3203), FIG. 61 is a flowchart showing another example of the special operation effect lottery process (S3206), and FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the other example of notification operation effect lottery process (S3209).

[Single operation production lottery processing]
First, another example of the single operation effect lottery process will be described with reference to FIG.

<Step S4501>
In step S4501, it is determined whether or not the single operation effect has already been set. Specifically, in this embodiment, it is determined whether or not either the single effect flag 512g or the exceptional single effect flag 512F indicating whether or not the single operation effect is executed (on: present, off: none) is on. Is done. Note that the single exception effect flag 512F is turned on in step S4506, which will be described later, and is turned off in step S1417. If it is determined that the single operation effect is set to be present (S4501: Yes), the single operation effect lottery process is terminated, and it is determined that the single operation effect is set to be absent. (S4501: No), the process proceeds to step S4502.

<Step S4502>
In step S4502, it is determined whether or not the single operation effect is executed. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not to execute the single operation effect based on the single operation effect table 511C (see FIG. 47A) and the additional effect counter 512B. Thereby, the lottery process in which the presence or absence of execution of the single operation effect is selected with a predetermined probability is realized.

<Step S4503>
In step S4503, it is determined whether or not it is determined in step S4502 that the single operation effect is present. If it is determined that the single operation effect is present (S4503: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4504, and if it is determined that the single operation effect is not set (S4503: No), The single operation effect lottery process ends.

<Step S4504>
In step S4504, it is determined whether or not the special operation effect or the notification operation effect is set. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the special operation effects include the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, and the rhythm operation effect. Therefore, in step S4504, the repeated hitting effect flag 512h indicating whether or not each of the repeated hitting operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect is executed (on: present, off: none) is long. It is determined whether or not any one of the push effect flag 512i, the rhythm effect flag 512C, the notification effect flag 512D, the exceptional hit effect flag 512G, the exceptional long press effect flag 512H, and the special rhythm effect flag 512J.

  Note that the exceptional hit effect flag 512G is set to ON in step S4606, which will be described later, and is set to OFF in step S1515. The exceptional long press effect flag 512H is turned on in step S4606, which will be described later, and is turned off in step S1619. The special rhythm effect flag 512J is set to ON in step S3618, and is set to OFF in step S3618.

  If it is determined that the special operation effect or the notification operation effect is set to be present (S4504: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4506, and the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are not present. If it is determined that it has been set (S4504: No), the process proceeds to step S4505.

<Step S4505>
In step S4505, a single operation setting process for executing the single operation effect is executed. Specifically, in the single operation setting process, as in step S1305, the single effect flag 512g is set to ON, and the single operation result corresponding to the current single operation effect is determined.

<Step S4506>
In step S4506, an exceptional single operation setting process for executing the single operation effect is executed. Specifically, in the exceptional single operation setting process, the single exceptional effect flag 512F is set to ON instead of the single effect flag 512g, and the single operation result corresponding to the current single operation effect is determined as in step S1305. To do.

[Special operation effect lottery processing]
Next, the special operation effect lottery process will be described with reference to FIG.

<Step S4601>
In step S4601, it is determined whether or not the single operation effect or the special operation effect is already set. Specifically, in the present embodiment, a single effect flag 512g indicating the presence / absence (on: present, off: none) of the one-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, and the rhythm operation effect. Whether or not any one of the continuous hit effect flag 512h, the long press effect flag 512i, the rhythm effect flag 512C, the exceptional single shot effect flag 512F, the exceptional repeated hit effect flag 512G, the exceptional long press effect flag 512H, and the special rhythm effect flag 512J is ON. Is judged. Here, if it is determined that the single operation effect or the special operation effect is set (Yes in S4601), the special operation effect lottery process ends, and the single operation effect and the special operation effect are determined. If it is determined that no is set (S4601: No), the process proceeds to step S4602. That is, when the single operation effect is selected first in one game time, the special operation effect is not selected in the game time.

<Step S4602>
In step S4602, it is determined whether or not the special operation effect is executed. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not to execute the special operation effect based on the variation pattern command, the special operation effect table 511D (see FIG. 47B), and the additional effect counter 512B. Thereby, the lottery process in which the presence / absence of execution of the special operation effect is selected with a predetermined probability is realized.

<Step S4603>
In step S4603, it is determined whether or not it is determined in step S4602 that the special operation effect is present. If it is determined that the special operation effect is present (S4603: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4604. If it is determined that the special operation effect is not set (S4603: No), The special operation effect lottery process ends.

<Step S4604>
In step S4604, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is set to be present. Specifically, in the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the notification effect flag 512D indicating whether or not the notification operation effect classified as the notification operation effect is executed (on: present, off: none). Is done. If it is determined that the notification operation effect is set to be present (S4604: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4606, and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is set to be absent ( S4604: No), the process proceeds to step S4605.

<Step S4605>
In step S4605, a special operation effect setting process for executing the special operation effect selected in step S4602 is executed.

  Specifically, when the special operation effect is a continuous hit operation effect, a continuous hit operation setting process for executing the continuous hit operation effect is executed in the special operation effect setting process. In the repeated hitting operation setting process, the repeated hitting effect flag 512h is set to ON, and the first specified value corresponding to the current repeated hitting operation effect is determined as in step S1307.

  Further, when the special operation effect is a long press operation effect, a long press operation setting process for executing the long press operation effect is executed in the special operation effect setting process. In the long press operation setting process, the long press effect flag 512i is set to ON, and the second specified value corresponding to the current long press operation effect is determined as in step S1309.

  Further, when the special operation effect is a rhythm operation effect, a rhythm operation setting process for executing the rhythm operation effect is executed in the special operation effect setting process. In the rhythm operation setting process, the rhythm effect flag 512C is set to ON, and the third specified value corresponding to the current rhythm operation effect is determined as in step S3002.

<Step S4606>
In step S4606, a special second operation setting process for executing the special operation effect selected in step S4602 is executed. Specifically, when the special operation effect is a continuous hit operation effect, in the special second operation setting process, the exceptional hit effect flag 512G is set on instead of the continuous hit effect flag 512h, and the same as in step S1307. The first specified value corresponding to the current continuous operation effect is determined. When the special operation effect is a long press operation effect, in the special second operation setting process, the exceptional long press effect flag 512H is set to ON instead of the long press effect flag 512i, and this time as in step S1309. The second specified value corresponding to the long press operation effect is determined. When the special operation effect is a rhythm operation effect, in the special second operation setting process, the exceptional long press effect flag 512J is set on instead of the rhythm effect flag 512C, and the current rhythm is the same as in step S3002. The third specified value corresponding to the operation effect is determined.

[Notification operation effect lottery processing]
Next, the notification operation effect lottery process will be described with reference to FIG.

<Step S4701>
In step S4701, it is determined whether or not an operation effect such as the single operation effect, the special operation effect, or the notification operation effect is already set. Specifically, in the present embodiment, specifically, in the present embodiment, whether or not each of the single operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect is executed ( ON: YES, OFF: NO) It is determined whether one of the push effect flag 512H and the special rhythm effect flag 512J is on. Here, when it is determined that any one of the single operation effect, the special operation effect, or the notification operation effect is set (Yes in S4701), the notification operation effect lottery process ends. If it is determined that the single operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect are set to none (S4701: No), the process proceeds to step S4702. That is, when the single operation effect or the special operation effect is selected first in one game time, the notification operation effect is not selected in the game time.

<Step S4702>
In step S4702, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not the notification operation effect is executed based on the change pattern command, the notification operation effect table 511E (see FIG. 47C), and the additional effect counter 512B. Thereby, the lottery process in which the presence / absence of execution of the notification operation effect is selected with a predetermined probability is realized. That is, in the gaming machine 10, a lottery process for determining whether or not to execute the single operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect is executed individually.

<Step S4703>
In step S4703, it is determined whether or not it is determined in step S4702 that the notification operation effect is present. If it is determined that the notification operation effect is present (S4703: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4704. If it is determined that there is no notification operation effect (S4703: No), the notification operation effect is performed. The lottery process ends.

<Step S4704>
Thereafter, in step S4704, similarly to step S3004, notification operation effect setting processing for executing the notification operation effect is executed.

[Another example of single operation effect processing]
Next, another example of the single operation effect process (see FIG. 16) will be described with reference to FIG.

<Step S4801>
As shown in FIG. 63, in the single operation effect process, first, in step S4801, it is determined whether or not to execute the exceptional single operation effect. As described above, if the MPU 51 determines that the single operation effect process is to be executed after the execution of the special operation effect process or the notification operation effect process is first determined, the MPU 51 executes the exceptional single effect in step S4506. The flag 512F is set to ON (S4506). Therefore, in step S4801, it is determined whether or not the exceptional single-shot operation effect is executed according to whether or not the exceptional single-shot effect flag 512F is on. If it is determined that the exceptional single-shot operation effect is set to be present (S4801: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4802, and it is determined that the exceptional single-shot operation effect is not set. (S4801: No), the process proceeds to step S1401.

<Step S4802>
In step S4802, after the process for suggesting to the user that the single operation effect is to be performed is performed, the process proceeds to step S1415. For example, the MPU 51 suggests execution of the one-shot operation effect by reproducing a predetermined sound from the speaker 26 and realizing a predetermined lighting state such as blinking using the illumination unit 27. It is possible. That is, the MPU 51 suggests to the user that the single operation effect is executed by a method different from the display of the single operation start image in step S1407.

  As described above, in the single operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, when the exceptional single operation effect is executed, that is, when the exceptional single effect flag 512F is on, the single operation notice image and the single operation effect image are displayed. The operation start image is not displayed and the operation button 22 is waited for (1415: No). Then, when the operation button 22 is operated in a state where various displays are performed in the special operation effect process or the notification operation effect process (S1415: Yes), the process in the single operation effect process proceeds to step S1416. Then, the single operation result image is displayed.

  That is, even if the special operation effect process or the notification operation effect process is executed first, if the execution of the single operation effect process is selected after that, the single operation effect is given priority. And the effect result of the single operation effect can be displayed. Thereby, since the variation of a game increases, it is possible to raise the attention degree to a game and the interest of a game, and to improve a player's willingness to play.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 72, when the exceptional single-shot operation effect is executed, during the symbol variation display in the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 72 (A)), the content and start timing of the repeated hit operation effect. Is displayed (see FIGS. 72B and 72C). If the result of the jackpot lottery is a jackpot, an image corresponding to the jackpot is selected from a plurality of preset single operation result images and displayed as an effect result according to one operation of the operation button 22. (See FIGS. 72D and 72E). On the other hand, if the result of the lottery lottery is out, an image corresponding to the outage is selected from a plurality of preset single operation result images and displayed as an effect result according to one operation of the operation button 22. Then, the continuous hitting operation effect is continuously executed (see FIGS. 72 (F) and 72 (G)), and the effect result of the continuous hitting operation effect is displayed (FIGS. 72 (H) and 72 (I). )reference).

[Other examples of rhythm operation effect processing]
Next, another example of the rhythm operation effect process (see FIG. 50) will be described with reference to FIG. Note that step S3611 is not executed in the rhythm operation effect process shown in FIG.

<Step S4901>
As shown in FIG. 64, in the rhythm operation effect process, first, in step S4901, it is determined whether or not to execute the special rhythm operation effect. As described above, when the execution of the rhythm operation effect is determined after the execution of the notification operation effect is determined first, the MPU 51 sets the special rhythm effect flag 512J to ON in step S4606. Therefore, in step S4901, it is possible to determine whether or not to execute the special rhythm operation effect depending on whether or not the special rhythm effect flag 512J is on. If it is determined that the special rhythm operation effect is set to be present (S4901: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4902, and it is determined that the special rhythm operation effect is set to be absent. (S4901: No), the process proceeds to step S3601.

<Step S4902>
In step S4902, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated, as in step S1415. If it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S4902: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4903. If the operation button 22 is not operated (S4902: No), the process proceeds to step S3601.

<Step S4903>
In step S4903, the special rhythm effect flag 512J is set off, and the rhythm effect flag 512C is set on. Accordingly, when the rhythm operation effect process is executed next, it is determined in step S4901 that the special rhythm effect is not executed (S4901: No), and in step S3601, the rhythm operation effect is executed. Is determined to be performed (S3601: Yes). Then, when the production start timing of the rhythm operation effect elapses (S3602: Yes) and reception of the operation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is started (S3603: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3609. It will be.

  Accordingly, in the rhythm operation effect process, when the special rhythm operation effect is executed, that is, when the special rhythm effect flag 512J is on, the user operation performed as the operation of the operation button 22 in the notification operation effect is performed. When the button 22 is operated, the rhythm operation notice image and the rhythm operation start image can be displayed to start the rhythm operation effect. That is, the notification operation effect is executed by switching to the rhythm operation effect. Therefore, even if the notification operation effect is executed first, if the execution of the rhythm operation effect is selected, the rhythm operation effect can be given priority, and the effect of the rhythm operation effect can be given. The result can be displayed. Therefore, the user can recognize that the expectation degree of jackpot in the game round is high, and the interest of the game is increased and the interest of the game is increased.

[Another example of continuous operation effect processing]
Next, another example of the continuous hitting operation effect process (see FIG. 17) will be described with reference to FIG.

<Step S5001>
As shown in FIG. 65, in the consecutive hit operation effect process, first, in step S5001, it is determined whether or not the exceptional hit operation effect is executed. As described above, the MPU 51 sets the exceptional consecutive hit effect flag 512G to ON in step S4606 when it is determined that the consecutive hit operation effect is executed after the execution of the notification operation effect is determined first. Therefore, in step S5001, it is possible to determine whether or not to execute the exceptional hitting operation effect according to whether or not the exceptional consecutive hit effect flag 512G is on. Here, if it is determined that the exceptional consecutive hit operation effect is set to be present (S5001: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5002, and it is determined that the exceptional repeated hit operation effect is set to be absent. (S5001: No), the process proceeds to step S1501.

<Step S5002>
In step S5002, as in step S1415, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated. If it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S5002: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5003. If the operation button 22 is not operated (S5002: No), the process proceeds to step S1501.

<Step S5003>
In step S5003, the exceptional hit effect flag 512G is set off, and the repeat hit effect flag 512h is set on. Accordingly, when the consecutive hit operation effect process is executed next, it is determined in step S5001 that the exceptional consecutive hit effect is not executed (S5001: No), and in step S1501, the consecutive hit operation effect is executed. (S1501: Yes). Then, when the start timing of the continuous hitting operation effect has elapsed (S1502: Yes) and acceptance of operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous hitting operation effect is started (S1503: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1509. become.

  As a result, in the consecutive hit operation effect process, when the exceptional consecutive hit operation effect is executed, that is, when the exceptional hit effect flag 512G is on, the user operation performed as the operation of the operation button 22 in the notification operation effect is performed. When the button 22 is operated, the continuous hitting operation preview image and the continuous hitting operation start image can be displayed to start the continuous hitting operation effect. That is, the notification operation effect is executed by switching to the continuous hit operation effect. Therefore, even if the notification operation effect is executed first, if the execution of the continuous operation effect is selected, the continuous operation effect can be prioritized, and the effect of the continuous operation effect can be given. The result can be displayed. Therefore, the user can recognize that the expectation degree of jackpot in the game round is high, and the interest of the game is increased and the interest of the game is increased.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 72, in the case where the exceptional continuous hit operation effect is executed, the start timing of the notification operation effect is suggested during the symbol variation display in the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 73A). Is displayed (see FIG. 73B). When the operation button 22 is operated, a message is displayed as an effect result of the notification operation effect (see FIG. 73 (C)), and a repeated operation advance notice image and a repeated operation start image of the repeated operation effect are displayed. (See FIGS. 73D and 73E). That is, the continuous hitting operation effect is executed continuously after the notification operation effect is executed. Thereafter, the continuous hitting operation effect is executed, and the effect result of the continuous hitting operation effect is displayed (see FIGS. 73 (F) and 73 (G)).

[Other examples of long press operation effect processing]
Next, another example of the long press operation effect process (see FIG. 18) will be described with reference to FIG.

<Step S5101>
As shown in FIG. 66, in the long press operation effect process, first, in step S5101, it is determined whether or not to execute the exceptional long press operation effect. As described above, the MPU 51 sets the exceptional long press effect flag 512H to ON in step S4606 when it is determined that the long press operation effect is executed after the execution of the notification operation effect is determined first. To do. Therefore, in the step S5101, it is possible to determine whether or not the exceptional long press operation effect is performed depending on whether or not the exceptional long press effect flag 512H is on. If it is determined that the exceptional long press operation effect is set to be present (S5101: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5102, and it is determined that the exceptional long press operation effect is not set. If so (S5101: No), the process proceeds to step S1601.

<Step S5102>
In step S5102, as in step S1415, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated. If it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S5102: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5103. If the operation button 22 has not been operated (S5102: No), the process proceeds to step S1601.

<Step S5103>
In step S5103, the exceptional long press effect flag 512H is set to off, and the long press effect flag 512i is set to on. Thereby, when the long press operation effect process is executed next, it is determined in step S5101 that the exceptional long press effect is not executed (S5101: No), and in step S1601, the long press operation is performed. It is determined that the effect is executed (S1601: Yes). Then, when the presentation start timing of the long press operation effect elapses (S1602: Yes) and the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect starts (S1603: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1611. It will be.

  Thereby, in the long press operation effect process, when the exceptional long press effect effect is executed, that is, when the exceptional long press effect flag 512H is on, the operation is performed as the operation button 22 in the notification operation effect. When the user operates the operation button 22, the long press operation preview image and the long press operation start image can be displayed to start the long press operation effect. That is, the notification operation effect is executed by switching to the long press operation effect. Therefore, even when the notification operation effect is executed first, if the execution of the long press operation effect is selected, the long press operation effect can be prioritized, and the long press operation The effect result of the effect can be displayed. Therefore, the user can recognize that the expectation degree of jackpot in the game round is high, and the interest of the game is increased and the interest of the game is increased.

[Twenty-fourth embodiment]
By the way, the gaming machine 10 includes a first effect mode in which the single operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel as in the twentieth embodiment to the twenty-second embodiment. As in the twenty-third embodiment, it may be configured to execute only one of the one-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, and the second effect mode in which the notification operation effect is not executed in parallel. On the other hand, a configuration in which the gaming machine 10 can switch and execute the first effect mode and the second effect mode is also conceivable.

  Specifically, the MPU 51 responds to a predetermined random value at a predetermined timing such as when the command determination process (S1004) in the timer interrupt process is performed in step S1303 or when a plurality of operation effects are selected. It is conceivable to select one of the first effect mode and the second effect mode and execute a plurality of operation effect processes in the selected first effect mode or second effect mode. Thereby, since each of the first effect mode and the second effect mode is executed with a predetermined probability, the variation of the game increases, the degree of attention to the game increases, and the interest of the game increases. The various processes in the first effect mode and the second effect mode have been described in the twentieth embodiment to the twenty-third embodiment, and thus description thereof is omitted here.

[Summary of Invention]
Hereinafter, an outline of the invention extracted from each of the above-described embodiments will be added. In addition, in order to provide an understanding of the correspondence between each supplementary note and each embodiment, it may be described with a reference numeral for convenience, but the invention according to the supplementary note is limited to a specific configuration with the reference sign. is not. It is also possible to select and arbitrarily combine each configuration and each processing function described below.

[Appendix A1]
Operation means (22) operable by the player;
Main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific gaming state for each gaming time;
An effect of executing, for each game time, a process for determining whether or not to execute a continuous hitting operation effect process for reflecting the continuous hitting operation of the operating means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41). Determination means (51);
An effect executing means (51) capable of executing the repeated hitting operation effect process based on a determination result by the main control means (41) when the effect determining means (51) determines to execute the repeated hit operation effect process; ,
With
The effect execution means (51) is the operation means necessary for displaying the effect result in accordance with the operation timing of the operation means (22) in a preset operation valid period in the continuous hit operation effect processing. 22) A game machine characterized by changing the number of operations.

  According to Supplementary Note A1, the player operates the operation means (22) at an operation timing at which the number of operations necessary to display the effect result of the repeated hit operation effect process is reduced, whereby the repeated hit operation effect process is performed. The number of operations in can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can increase the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game and improve the game motivation of the player.

[Appendix B1]
Operation means (22) operable by the player;
Main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific gaming state for each gaming time;
An effect of executing, for each game time, a process for determining whether or not to execute a continuous hitting operation effect process for reflecting the continuous hitting operation of the operating means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41). Determination means (51);
An effect executing means (51) capable of executing the repeated hitting operation effect process based on a determination result by the main control means (41) when the effect determining means (51) determines to execute the repeated hit operation effect process; ,
With
When the first operation means (22) is operated within a predetermined operation valid period in the consecutive hit operation effect processing, the effect executing means (51) When the operation is performed, an effect result of the continuous hitting operation effect process is displayed, and if it is performed outside the specific period, an operation value added according to the operation of the operation means (22) reaches a predetermined value or more. A gaming machine, wherein the effect result is displayed when the game is performed.

  According to Supplementary Note B1, the player who wants to perform the continuous hitting operation of the operating means (22) in the continuous hitting operation effect processing operates according to his intention by operating the operating means (22) outside the specific period. It is possible to play a game. In addition, even if the player does not want to repeatedly operate the operation means (22) in the continuous hit operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process is performed by operating the operation means (22) within the specific period. It is possible to see the production results.

[Appendix B2]
The gaming machine according to appendix B1, wherein the specific period is the last preset period within the operation effective period.

  According to Supplementary Note B2, the player wants to perform the continuous hitting operation of the operation means (22) in the continuous hitting operation effect process, and the player does not perform the operation until the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time. By operating the means (22), it is possible to play a game in accordance with its own intention. Further, even if the player does not want to perform the continuous hit operation of the operation means (22) in the continuous hit operation effect process, the operation means (22) after the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time. ), It is possible to see the effect of the continuous hitting operation effect process.

[Appendix B3]
The gaming machine according to appendix B1, wherein the specific period is a first preset period within the operation effective period.

  According to Supplementary Note B3, the player who wants to perform the continuous hitting operation of the operation means (22) in the continuous hitting operation effect processing is that the player performs the operation after the remaining time of the operation effective period becomes equal to or shorter than the addition change time. By operating the means (22), it is possible to play a game in accordance with its own intention. In addition, the player who does not wish to perform the continuous hit operation of the operation means (22) in the continuous hit operation effect process can use the operation means (22) at an early stage without waiting until the remaining time becomes the addition change time or less. By performing the operation, it is possible to see the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect process.

[Appendix B4]
When the operation of the operation means (22) for the first time during the operation effective period is performed during the specific period, the effect execution means (51) calculates an addition value at which the operation value reaches or exceeds the specified value as the operation value. The gaming machine according to any one of appendix B1 to appendix B3, wherein an effect result of the continuous hitting operation effect process is displayed by adding to.

[Appendix B5]
The effect execution means (51) is the gaming machine according to any one of supplementary notes B1 to B4 that notifies the start or end of the specific period.

[Appendix C1]
Operation means (22) operable by the player;
Main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific gaming state for each gaming time;
An effect of executing, for each game time, a process for determining whether or not to execute a continuous hitting operation effect process for reflecting the continuous hitting operation of the operating means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41). Determination means (51);
An effect executing means (51) capable of executing the repeated hitting operation effect process based on a determination result by the main control means (41) when the effect determining means (51) determines to execute the repeated hit operation effect process; ,
With
The effect execution means (51) adds, as an operation value, an addition value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation effective period in the repeated hitting operation effect processing. An effect result of the repeated hitting operation effect process is displayed when the value exceeds a set specified value, and the added value is changed according to the operation timing of the operation means (22) in the operation effective period. A gaming machine characterized by that.

[Appendix C2]
The effect execution means (51) is the gaming machine according to appendix C1, which increases the added value as the remaining time of the operation effective period decreases.

  According to Supplementary Note C2, the player who does not want to repeatedly operate the operating means (22) in the continuous hitting operation effect process operates the operating means (22) after the remaining time of the operation effective period is short. Thus, it is possible to see the effect of the repeated operation effect processing with a small number of operations.

[Appendix C3]
The effect execution means (51) is the gaming machine according to appendix C2, which increases the added value as the remaining time of the operation effective period decreases in a preset specific period immediately before the end of the operation effective period.

[Appendix C4]
The effect execution means (51) changes any of the additional values in steps C1 to C3 in a stepwise manner based on table information in which the correspondence between the remaining time of the operation effective period and the additional value is set in advance. The gaming machine described in Crab.

[Appendix C5]
The game machine according to any one of supplementary notes C1 to C3, wherein the effect execution means (51) calculates the addition value based on a remaining time of the operation valid period and a preset arithmetic expression.

[Appendix C6]
The effect execution means (51) is configured to play the game times according to a correspondence relationship between the remaining time of the operation valid period and the added value corresponding to each type of determination result by the main control means (41). The gaming machine according to any one of supplementary notes C1 to C5, wherein the addition value is changed.

[Appendix C7]
When the operation means (22) is operated within a specific period set in advance in the operation effective period, the effect execution means reaches the remaining time of the operation effective period below a preset lower limit time. After that, the gaming machine according to any one of appendix C1 to appendix C6, wherein the manipulation value is automatically added to the specified value or more before the manipulation validity period ends.

[Appendix D1]
Operation means (22) operable by the player;
Main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific gaming state for each gaming time;
An effect of executing, for each game time, a process for determining whether or not to execute a continuous hitting operation effect process for reflecting the continuous hitting operation of the operating means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41). Determination means (51);
An effect executing means (51) capable of executing the repeated hitting operation effect process based on a determination result by the main control means (41) when the effect determining means (51) determines to execute the repeated hit operation effect process; ,
With
The effect execution means (51) adds, as an operation value, an addition value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation effective period in the repeated hitting operation effect processing. An effect result of the repeated hitting operation effect process is displayed when the set value exceeds a predetermined value, and the operation means (22) is operated within a preset specific period in the operation effective period. If the remaining time of the operation effective period has reached the preset lower limit time or less and the operation effective period ends, the operation value is automatically added to the specified value or more. A gaming machine characterized by that.

[Appendix E1]
Operation means (22) operable by the player;
Main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific gaming state for each gaming time;
An effect of executing, for each game time, a process for determining whether or not to execute a continuous hitting operation effect process for reflecting the continuous hitting operation of the operating means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41). Determination means (51);
An effect executing means (51) capable of executing the repeated hitting operation effect process based on a determination result by the main control means (41) when the effect determining means (51) determines to execute the repeated hit operation effect process; ,
With
The effect execution means (51) adds, as an operation value, an addition value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation effective period in the repeated hitting operation effect processing. An effect result of the repeated hitting operation effect process is displayed when the value exceeds a set specified value, and the operation means (22) is operated during a specific period set in advance in the operation effective period. When this happens, automatic addition of the operation value is started.

[Appendix E2]
The gaming machine according to Appendix E1, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately before the end of the operation effective period.

[Appendix E3]
The gaming machine according to appendix E1, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately after the start of the operation effective period.

[Appendix F1]
Operation means (22) operable by the player;
Main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific gaming state for each gaming time;
An effect of executing, for each game time, a process for determining whether or not to execute a continuous hitting operation effect process for reflecting the continuous hitting operation of the operating means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41). Determination means (51);
An effect executing means (51) capable of executing the repeated hitting operation effect process based on a determination result by the main control means (41) when the effect determining means (51) determines to execute the repeated hit operation effect process; ,
With
The effect executing means (51) corresponds to the operation value by adding, as an operation value, an addition value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation valid period in the continuous hit operation effect processing. Images to be displayed sequentially, and when the operation value reaches a predetermined value or more set in advance, an effect result of the continuous hitting operation effect process is displayed, and a specific image set in advance among the images The game machine is characterized in that the automatic addition of the operation value is started when is continuously displayed for a preset duration or longer.

[Appendix F2]
The effect execution means (51) adds, as an operation value, an addition value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation effective period in the repeated hitting operation effect processing. An effect result of the repeated hitting operation effect process is displayed when the value exceeds a set specified value, and the operation means (22) is operated during a specific period set in advance in the operation effective period. The gaming machine according to appendix F1, which starts automatic addition of the operation value when the operation value is detected.

[Appendix F3]
The gaming machine according to appendix F2, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately before the end of the operation effective period.

[Appendix F4]
The gaming machine according to appendix F2, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately after the start of the operation effective period.

[Appendix AA1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Operation detecting means (MPU 51) for detecting presence or absence of operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals;
Main control means (main control device 4) for executing the main control of the game;
An effect execution means for executing an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when an operation of the operation means according to a predetermined operation method is received, based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51),
An operation notifying means (MPU 51) for notifying the operation start instruction with a time difference after notifying the operation method;
With
The production execution means
A first operation accepting means (MPU51) for accepting an operation of the operating means on condition that the operating means has changed from a non-operating state to an operating state after notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notifying means;
When the operation state of the operation means continues before and after notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notification means, the operation means can be accepted according to a predetermined condition corresponding to the operation method. Second operation accepting means (MPU51),
A gaming machine characterized by including:

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AA1, even when the player operates the operation means before and after the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation can be reflected in the effect.

[Appendix AA2]
The first operation accepting unit is in a non-operating state on the condition that, in a plurality of detection results by the operation detecting unit, at least two non-operating states are followed by at least two operating states. The gaming machine according to appendix 1, wherein the gaming machine is determined to have changed to an operating state.

  If the configuration according to Supplementary Note AA2 is adopted, erroneous detection of the operation means due to noise can be prevented, and the operation of the operation means performed by the player before and after notification of the operation start instruction is performed. Can be reflected in the production.

[Appendix AA3]
When the operation method is a single operation of the operation means within the operation effective period, the second operation accepting means is provided on the condition that the operation means has changed from an operation state to a non-operation state. The gaming machine according to appendix AA1 or AA2, which accepts the operation.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AA3, when the player operates the operation unit before and after notification of the operation start instruction, the operation unit is reflected in the effect when the operation unit changes to a non-operation state. Therefore, the player can obtain a feeling that the production has changed when he / she releases his / her hand from the operation means.

[Appendix AA4]
When the operation method is a single operation of the operation means within the operation effective period, the second operation accepting means operates the operation means on the condition that the operation state of the operation means has continued for a predetermined time. The gaming machine according to any one of appendices AA1 to AA3, which accepts the game.

  According to the gaming machine according to appendix AA4, when the player continues to operate the operation means before and after the notification of the operation start instruction, the player continues the operation of the operation means. Can be prevented from continuing for a long time.

[Appendix AA5]
When the second operation accepting means is a long press operation of the operating means within the operation valid period, the operation state of the operating means continues before and after notification of the operation start instruction. The gaming machine according to any one of appendices AA1 to AA4, which accepts an operation of the operation means on the condition that it is determined.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AA5, even when the operation state of the operation unit is continued from before the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation unit is operated before and after the notification of the operation start instruction. It is possible to accept the operation of the operation means from the time when it is determined that the state continues and reflect the operation on the effect.

[Appendix AA6]
When the operation method is an intermittent operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, the second operation accepting means operates the operation means on the condition that the operation means has changed from an operation state to a non-operation state. The gaming machine according to any one of supplementary notes AA1 to AA5, which is for accepting.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AA6, the operation of the operation means performed before and after the notification of the operation start instruction can be reflected in the effect as one operation of the intermittent operation.

[Appendix AA7]
The second operation accepting unit ignores the operation state of the operation unit before and after notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notification unit when the operation method is an intermittent operation of the operation unit within the operation effective period. The gaming machine according to any one of appendices AA1 to AA5.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AA7, the operation of the operation unit performed before and after the notification of the operation start instruction is invalid (ignored), but the processing load of the effect execution unit is reduced.

[Appendix AB1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Operation detecting means (MPU 51) for detecting presence or absence of operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals;
Main control means (main control device 4) for executing the main control of the game;
An effect execution means for executing an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when an operation of the operation means according to a predetermined operation method is received, based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51),
An operation notifying means (MPU 51) for notifying the operation start instruction with a time difference after notifying the operation method;
With
The effect execution means receives an operation of the operation means after notification of the operation method by the operation notification means, and an operation of reflecting the operation of the operation means received by the operation reception means in the effect And a reflecting means.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AB1, it is possible to effectively use the operation performed between the notification of the operation method and the notification of the operation start instruction. For example, the player has to re-operate the operation means. Is omitted, and the player is prevented from being mistaken for a failure of the operation means.

[Appendix AB2]
When the operation reflecting means is a single operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, the operation reflecting means is changed to the effect when the operation accepting operation is accepted by the operation accepting means. The gaming machine according to appendix AB1, which is to be reflected.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AB2, since it is a simple process in which the operation is reflected in the effect when the operation means is operated, an increase in the processing load is suppressed.

[Appendix AB3]
The operation reflecting means stores the number of operations of the operation means received by the operation acceptance means before notification of the operation start instruction when the operation method is an intermittent operation of the operation means within an operation effective period. Then, the gaming machine according to appendix AB1, which reflects the number of operations in the effect after notification of the operation start instruction.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AB3, the operation of the operation means performed before the player is notified of the operation start instruction can be reflected in the production without wasting, and the player is not disappointed. A good game can be realized.

[Appendix AB4]
The operation reflecting means stores the number of operations of the operation means received by the operation acceptance means before notification of the operation start instruction when the operation method is an intermittent operation of the operation means within an operation effective period. And appendix AB3, which reflects the number of operations in the effect after notification of the operation start instruction, and reduces the frequency of addition of the number of operations according to the operation of the operation means after notification of the operation start instruction. The gaming machine described.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AB4, it is possible to suppress the subsequent change speed of the production content changed earlier than usual by reflecting the operation of the operation means before the notification of the operation start instruction, and the operation start It is possible to suppress a difference in the final effect result when the operation is started before notification of the instruction and when the operation is started after notification of the operation start instruction.

[Appendix AB5]
Only after the operation reflecting means has notified the operation start instruction until the number of operations of the operation means after notification of the operation start instruction reaches the number of operations of the operation means before notification of the operation start instruction. The gaming machine according to appendix AB4, which reduces the frequency of addition of the number of operations according to the operation of the operation means.

  According to the gaming machine according to Appendix AB5, after the number of operations after notification of the operation start instruction exceeds the number of operations of the operation means before notification of the operation start instruction, the number of operations Therefore, the difference in the final operation result when compared with the case where the operation means is not operated before notification of the operation start instruction is suppressed.

[Appendix AB6]
The operation reflecting means stores the number of operations of the operation means received by the operation acceptance means before notification of the operation start instruction when the operation method is an intermittent operation of the operation means within an operation effective period. Then, the gaming machine according to any one of appendices AB3 to AB5, wherein the number of operations is reflected in the effect at every elapse of a predetermined time after notification of the operation start instruction.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AB6, since the number of operations of the operation means received by the operation accepting means before the notification of the operation start instruction is gradually reflected in the effect, the process of the effect is given to the player. Show and add interest to the game.

[Appendix AB7]
The operation reflecting means stores the operation time of the operation means received by the operation accepting means when the operation method is a long press operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, and notifies the operation start instruction The gaming machine according to appendix AB1, which later reflects the operation time in the effect.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AB7, the operation of the operation means performed before the player is notified of the operation start instruction can be reflected in the production without wasting, and the player is not disappointed. A good game can be realized.

[Appendix AB8]
The operation reflecting means stores the operation time of the operation means received by the operation accepting means when the operation method is a long press operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, and notifies the operation start instruction The gaming machine according to appendix AB7, which later reflects the operation time in the effect and decreases the frequency of addition of the operation time according to the operation of the operation means after notification of the operation start instruction.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AB8, it is possible to suppress the subsequent change speed of the production content that has changed earlier than usual by reflecting the operation of the operation means before the notification of the operation start instruction, and the operation start It is possible to suppress a difference in the final effect result when the operation is started before notification of the instruction and when the operation is started after notification of the operation start instruction.

[Appendix AB9]
The operation reflecting means is only after the operation start instruction is notified until the operation time of the operation means after the operation start instruction is notified reaches the operation time of the operation means before the operation start instruction is notified. The gaming machine according to appendix AB8, which reduces the frequency of addition of the operation time according to the operation of the operation means.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AB9, after the operation time after the notification of the operation start instruction exceeds the operation time of the operation means before the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation time with the normal addition frequency Therefore, the difference in the final operation result when compared with the case where the operation means is not operated before notification of the operation start instruction is suppressed.

[Appendix AC1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Operation detecting means (MPU 51) for detecting presence or absence of operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals;
Main control means (main control device 4) for executing the main control of the game;
An effect execution means for executing an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when an operation of the operation means according to a predetermined operation method is received, based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51),
An operation notifying means (MPU 51) for notifying the operation start instruction with a time difference after notifying the operation method;
A state changing unit (MPU51) for changing a detection result by the operation detecting unit to a non-operation state of the operating unit when the operation start instruction is notified by the operation notifying unit;
A gaming machine comprising:

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AC1, since the detection result by the operation detection unit is changed to the non-operation state of the operation unit when the operation start instruction is notified, before and after the notification of the operation start instruction. Even when the operating means is being operated, after the operation start instruction is notified, the operating means changes from the non-operating state to the operating state. Therefore, in the case where the production execution unit adopts a configuration that accepts the operation of the operation unit on the condition that the operation unit has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state after the operation start instruction is notified by the operation notification unit. Even if the operation means is operated by the player before and after the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation can be reflected in the effect. Specifically, it is suitable for the configuration of the following supplementary note AC1 or supplementary note AC2.

[Appendix AC2]
The appendix AC1 described in the supplementary note AC1, wherein the operation reflecting unit is configured to receive an operation of the operation unit on condition that the operation unit is changed from a non-operation state to an operation state after the operation start instruction is notified by the operation notification unit. Gaming machine.

[Appendix AC3]
The operation reflecting means operates from the non-operating state on condition that at least two non-operating states are followed by at least two operating states in a plurality of detection results by the operation detecting means. The gaming machine according to appendix AC2, which is determined to have changed to a state.

[Appendix AD1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Vibration means for vibrating the operation means;
Operation detecting means (MPU 51) for detecting presence or absence of operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals;
Main control means (main control device 4) for executing the main control of the game;
An effect execution means for executing an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when an operation of the operation means according to a predetermined operation method is received, based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51),
An operation notifying means (MPU 51) for notifying the operation start instruction with a time difference after notifying the operation method;
A first operation accepting unit (MPU51) for accepting an operation of the operation unit between the operation method notification and the operation start instruction notification;
A second operation receiving means (MPU 51) for receiving an operation of the operating means after notification of the operation start instruction;
With
A vibration control unit (MPU51) that drives the vibration unit to vibrate the operation unit when the operation of the operation unit is received by the first operation reception unit; and the second operation reception A game machine including operation reflecting means (MPU51) for reflecting the operation of the operating means received by the means to the effect.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AD1, it can be expected that the player's hand is naturally separated from the operation means, so that it is possible to create a situation where the operation means is not operated at the time of notification of the operation start instruction. .

[Appendix AD2]
The vibration control means can switch the presence or absence of vibration of the operation means when the operation of the operation means is received by the first operation reception means based on the control signal output from the main control device. The gaming machine according to appendix AD1.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AD2, the operation means is vibrated when the control signal output from the main control device includes information on occurrence of a jackpot or when a highly expected performance is executed. By doing so, it can be used as means for notifying the player.

[Appendix AD3]
The gaming machine according to appendix AD2, wherein the vibration control means causes the operation means to vibrate when the control signal output from the main control device includes information on occurrence of a big hit.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AD3, only the player can know whether or not the jackpot occurrence has been confirmed by operating the operation means before notification of the operation start instruction, for example, a sense of superiority. Can be given to the player.

[Appendix AD4]
When the operation reflecting means receives the operation of the operating means by the first operation receiving means, the vibration reflecting means is driven to vibrate the operating means, and the operation start timing to operate the operating means is reached. The gaming machine according to appendix AD1, which notifies that it has not been reached.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AD4, the reason for the vibration of the operation means is not the purpose of indicating that the expectation of the jackpot is high, but the purpose of indicating that the operation start timing of the operation means has not been reached. Can be surely recognized by the player.

[Appendix AE1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Vibration means for vibrating the operation means;
Operation detecting means (MPU 51) for detecting presence or absence of operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals;
Main control means (main control device 4) for executing the main control of the game;
An effect execution means for executing an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when an operation of the operation means according to a predetermined operation method is received, based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51),
An operation notifying means (MPU 51) for notifying the operation start instruction with a time difference after notifying the operation method;
A first operation accepting unit (MPU51) for accepting an operation of the operation unit between the operation method notification and the operation start instruction notification;
A second operation receiving means (MPU 51) for receiving an operation of the operating means after notification of the operation start instruction;
With
An operation reflecting means (MPU51) for notifying that an operation start timing for operating the operating means has not been reached when the operation executing means is received by the first operation accepting means; A gaming machine including operation reflecting means (MPU 51) for reflecting the operation of the operating means received by the second operation receiving means on the effect.

  According to the gaming machine according to the supplementary note AE1, it is possible to make the player clearly recognize that the operation start timing has not been reached.

[Appendix AF1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Operation detecting means (MPU 51) for detecting presence or absence of operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals;
Main control means (main control device 4) for executing the main control of the game;
An effect execution means for executing an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when an operation of the operation means according to a predetermined operation method is received, based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51),
An operation notifying means (MPU 51) for notifying the operation start instruction with a time difference after notifying the operation method;
With
The effect execution means receives an operation of the operation means after notification of the operation method by the operation notification means, and an operation of reflecting the operation of the operation means received by the operation reception means in the effect Reflecting means,
The operation reflecting means is notified of the operation start instruction after the operation notification is notified by the operation notifying means when the operation method is one operation of the operation means within the operation effective period. When the operation accepting means is accepted by the operation accepting means before, the operation can be reflected in the effect after the operation start instruction is notified by the operation notifying means. A gaming machine.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AF1, since the reflection of the operation of the operation means is performed after the notification of the operation start instruction, it is possible to show the player the operation start instruction. Thereby, for example, the player can recognize that the operation means should have been operated after notification of the operation start instruction. In addition, since the production from the notification of the operation method to the notification of the operation start instruction is surely executed, for example, it is possible to prevent the voice or display flowing during that time from being ended halfway. In addition, when the production effect increases from the notification of the operation method toward the operation start instruction, the operation is reflected in the production in a state where the production effect is enhanced. Can add interest.

[Appendix AF2]
The operation reflecting means is notified of the operation start instruction after the operation notification is notified by the operation notifying means when the operation method is one operation of the operation means within the operation effective period. As described in Supplementary Note AF1, the operation is reflected in the effect immediately after the operation start instruction is notified by the operation notifying unit when the operation receiving unit has received the operation by the operation receiving unit. Gaming machine.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AF2, since the operation is reflected in the effect immediately after notification of the operation start instruction, for example, the player has distrust without the operation of the operation means being reflected in the effect. Is prevented.

[Appendix AF3]
The operation reflecting means is notified of the operation start instruction after the operation notification is notified by the operation notifying means when the operation method is one operation of the operation means within the operation effective period. If the operation accepting means is accepted by the operation accepting means until a predetermined waiting time elapses from the notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notifying means, The gaming machine according to appendix AF1, which is to be reflected.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AF3, the operation is not reflected in the effect until the standby time elapses, and the notification state of the operation start instruction continues. It can be fully recognized. Therefore, for example, when the same operation effect is executed next time, it is possible to give a willingness to operate the operation means at a correct timing.

  By the way, for one game time in the gaming machine 10, a plurality of operation effects such as the single operation effect, the continuous operation effect, and the long press operation effect are selected, and the plurality of operation effects are executed in parallel. Configuration is also conceivable. However, in the gaming machine 10, when control related to a plurality of operation effects (display control, audio control, lighting control, etc.) is executed in parallel, the contents of the operation effects that reflect the operation of the operation button 22 are interlaced. May cause the player to feel uncomfortable. On the other hand, the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AG1 is configured as follows.

[Appendix AG1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Main control means (MPU 41) for determining the presence or absence of transition to a specific gaming state for each game time;
A process of determining, for each operation effect process, whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means on the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each game time. Production determination means (MPU51);
Effect execution means (MPU51) for executing one or more of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means;
With
The effect executing means is executed at the game time according to a combination of the operation effect processes when the effect determining means determines to execute a plurality of the operation effect processes for one game time. A gaming machine characterized in that the contents of the operation effect process can be changed.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AG1, when a plurality of operation effects are executed in parallel for one game time, the plurality of operation effects are executed with the simplest possible process so as not to give the player a sense of incongruity. In addition, the degree of attention to the game and the willingness to play can be improved. Note that the supplementary note AG1 is, for example, the content described in the twentieth embodiment.

[Appendix AG2]
The effect execution means is configured to perform the operation effect process set in advance among the plurality of operation effect processes when the effect determination means determines to execute the plurality of operation effect processes for one game time. The gaming machine according to appendix AG1, which reflects the operation of the operation means and reflects a preset pseudo operation not involving the operation of the operation means in the other operation effect processing.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AG2, the player recognizes that the player is not treated unfavorably in the second operation effect without operating the operation device, and the player of the operation device in the first operation effect operates. Only the operation timing can be freely determined, and the interest of the game can be enhanced and the player's willingness to play can be improved.

[Appendix AG3]
The performance execution means has a preset high priority among the plurality of operation effect processes when it is determined by the effect determination means to execute the plurality of operation effect processes for one game time. The game according to appendix AG2, in which an operation of the operation means is reflected in an operation effect process, and a preset pseudo operation without an operation of the operation means is reflected in the operation effect process having a low priority. Machine.

[Appendix AG4]
The priority corresponding to the operation effect process is set such that the higher the probability that the operation effect process is executed when it is determined by the main control means to shift to the specific gaming state. The gaming machine according to appendix AG3.

[Appendix AG5]
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to one operation of the operation means, and a plurality of operations of the operation means or a long press operation of the operation means. Including a second operation effect process for displaying the effect result,
The gaming machine according to appendix AG3 or AG4, wherein the priority of the first operation effect process is set higher than the priority of the second operation effect process.

[Appendix AG6]
The second operation effect process includes a continuous operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to the continuous operation of the operation means,
The effect execution means reflects the operation of the operation means in the first operation effect process when the effect determination means determines to execute the first operation effect process and the repeated operation effect process. The gaming machine according to supplementary note AG5, wherein a preset pseudo-continuous hitting operation not involving the above-described operation is reflected in the continuous hitting operation effect processing.

[Appendix AG7]
The effect execution means counts the number of operations of the operation means in the repeated hit operation effect process, and the effect determination means determines to execute the first operation effect process and the repeated hit operation effect process. The gaming machine according to appendix AG6, which automatically counts the number of operations at a preset interval.

[Appendix AG8]
The second operation effect process includes a long press operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to a long press operation of the operation means,
When it is determined by the effect determination unit that the first operation effect process and the long press operation effect process are to be performed, the effect execution unit reflects the operation of the operation unit in the first operation effect process, and the operation The gaming machine according to any one of supplementary notes AG5 to AG7, wherein a preset pseudo long press operation not involving operation of means is reflected in the long press operation effect processing.

[Appendix AG9]
The effect execution means counts the operation time of the operation means in the long press operation effect process, and is determined to execute the first operation effect process and the long press operation effect process by the effect determination means. The gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AG8, which automatically counts the operation time at preset intervals.

[Appendix AG10]
The second operation effect process includes a rhythm operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to an operation in accordance with one or more predetermined timings of the operation means,
When the effect determining means determines that the first operation effect process and the rhythm operation effect process are to be executed by the effect determining means, the operation means reflects the operation of the operation means in the first operation effect process, and the operation means The gaming machine according to any one of appendices AG5 to AG9, wherein a preset pseudo rhythm operation not involving the operation of is reflected in the rhythm operation effect processing.

[Appendix AG11]
The effect execution means counts a point value corresponding to a difference between the operation timing of the operation means and the timing in the rhythm operation effect process, and the effect determination means performs the first operation effect process and the The gaming machine according to appendix AG10, which automatically counts the point value according to an operation of the operation means performed at one or a plurality of the timings when it is determined to execute a rhythm operation effect process.

[Appendix AH1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Main control means (MPU 41) for determining the presence or absence of transition to a specific gaming state for each game time;
A process of determining, for each operation effect process, whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means on the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each game time. Production determination means (MPU51);
Effect execution means (MPU51) for executing one or more of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means;
With
In the plurality of operation effect processes, a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to one operation of the operation means and a message set in advance according to one operation of the operation means are displayed. Including a second operation effect process,
When it is determined by the effect determining unit that the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are to be executed, the effect executing unit performs one operation of the operation unit once with the first operation effect process and the first operation effect process. 2. A gaming machine characterized in that it can be reflected in an operation effect process.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AH1, one operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. it can. Note that the supplementary note AH1 is, for example, the content described in the twentieth embodiment.

[Appendix AH2]
The effect executing means reflects the message displayed by the second operation effect process when the operation of the operation means is reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process. The gaming machine according to appendix AH1, which is changed according to the effect result.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AH2, it is possible to link the effect results of the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process in detail, for example, to increase the player's sense of achievement at the time of jackpot Can enhance the interest of

[Appendix AH3]
The effect execution means is predetermined according to the operation of the operation means in the second operation effect process when the effect result of the first operation effect process corresponds to the presence of transition to the specific game state. The gaming machine according to appendix AH2, which displays a message suggesting that there is a transition to the specific gaming state with a given probability.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AH3, when the determination result by the main control means corresponds to the presence or absence after the specific gaming state, by both the first operation effect and the second operation effect. This is indicated, and for example, the player's sense of achievement at the time of jackpot can be enhanced, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

[Appendix AI1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Main control means (MPU 41) for determining the presence or absence of transition to a specific gaming state for each game time;
A process of determining, for each operation effect process, whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means on the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each game time. Production determination means (MPU51);
Effect execution means (MPU51) for executing one or more of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means;
With
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to a plurality of operations of the operation means or a long press operation of the operation means, and a single operation of the operation means. Including a second operation effect process for displaying a preset message,
When it is determined by the effect determining unit that the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are to be executed, the effect executing unit performs an initial operation of the operation unit with the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process. A gaming machine characterized in that it can be reflected in an operation effect process and a subsequent operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AI1, the first operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. . Note that the supplementary note AI1 is, for example, the content described in the twentieth embodiment.

[Appendix AI2]
The effect executing means reflects the message displayed by the second operation effect process with a predetermined probability when reflecting the operation of the operation means in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process. The gaming machine according to supplementary note AI1, which is changed according to an effect result of the first operation effect process.

  According to the gaming machine according to the supplementary note AI2, it is possible to link the effect results of the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process in detail, for example, to increase the player's sense of achievement at the time of jackpot Can enhance the interest of

[Appendix AI3]
The effect execution means is predetermined according to the operation of the operation means in the second operation effect process when the effect result of the first operation effect process corresponds to the presence of transition to the specific game state. The gaming machine according to appendix AI2, which displays a message suggesting that there is a transition to the specific gaming state with a given probability.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AI3, when the determination result by the main control means corresponds to the presence of the transition to the specific gaming state, by both the first operation effect and the second operation effect. This is indicated, and for example, the player's sense of achievement at the time of jackpot can be enhanced, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

[Appendix AJ1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Main control means (MPU 41) for determining the presence or absence of transition to a specific gaming state for each game time;
A process of determining, for each operation effect process, whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means on the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each game time. Production determination means (MPU51);
Effect execution means (MPU51) for executing one or more of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means;
With
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to one operation of the operation means, and a plurality of operations of the operation means or a long press operation of the operation means. Including a second operation effect process for displaying the effect result,
The effect execution means is configured to perform the first operation effect process in the first operation effect process when it is determined by the effect determination means that the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are executed for one game time. And the second operation effect process reflects a preset pseudo operation that is not accompanied by an operation of the operation means, and displays the effect result of the second operation effect process by the pseudo operation. A gaming machine characterized in that an effect result of the second operation effect process is displayed after a condition is satisfied and the operation means is operated.

  According to the gaming machine according to attachment AJ1, even if the display condition of the effect result of the second operation effect process is satisfied by the pseudo operation, the second operation is not performed until the operation means is operated. The effect result of the operation effect process is not displayed. Accordingly, the effect result of the second operation effect is not displayed before the user operates the operation means, and the effect result of the second operation effect is displayed after the user operation of the operation means is performed. Therefore, the interest of the game is enhanced and the user's willingness to operate can be enhanced. Note that the supplementary note AJ1 is the content described in the twenty-first embodiment, for example.

[Appendix AJ2]
The effect execution means displays the effect result of the first operation effect process until the operation means is operated even if the display condition of the effect result of the second operation effect process is satisfied by the pseudo operation. The gaming machine according to appendix AJ1, wherein the effect result of the first operation effect process is displayed after the operation means is operated, and the effect result of the second operation effect process is displayed.

  According to the gaming machine according to attachment AJ2, when a user operation of the operation unit is performed without displaying the effect result of the second operation effect process before the user operates the operation unit, Since the effect result of the first operation effect is displayed, the interest of the game is enhanced and the user's willingness to operate can be increased.

[Appendix AK1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Main control means (MPU 41) for determining the presence or absence of transition to a specific gaming state for each game time;
A process of determining, for each operation effect process, whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means on the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each game time. Production determination means (MPU51);
Effect execution means (MPU51) for executing one or more of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means;
With
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to a plurality of operations of the operation means or a long press operation of the operation means, and a single operation of the operation means. Including a second operation effect process for displaying a preset message,
When the effect determining unit determines that the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are to be executed by the effect determining unit, the operation of the operation unit until immediately before the display of the effect result of the first operation effect is performed. Is reflected in the first operation effect process, and the operation of the operating means immediately before displaying the effect result of the first operation effect is reflected in the second operation effect process.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AK1, the first operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. . Note that the supplementary note AK1 is, for example, the content described in the twenty-second embodiment.

[Appendix AK2]
The effect executing means reflects the message displayed by the second operation effect process with a predetermined probability when reflecting the operation of the operation means in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process. The gaming machine according to attachment AK1, which is changed according to the effect result of the first operation effect process.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AK2, it is possible to link the effects of the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process in detail, for example, to increase the player's sense of achievement at the time of jackpot Can enhance the interest of

[Appendix AK3]
The effect execution means is predetermined according to the operation of the operation means in the second operation effect process when the effect result of the first operation effect process corresponds to the presence of transition to the specific game state. The gaming machine according to appendix AK2, which displays a message suggesting that there is a transition to the specific gaming state with a given probability.

  According to the gaming machine according to supplementary note AK3, when the determination result by the main control means corresponds to the presence of the transition to the specific gaming state, by both the first operation effect and the second operation effect This is indicated, and for example, the player's sense of achievement at the time of jackpot can be enhanced, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

[Appendix AL1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Main control means (MPU 41) for determining the presence or absence of transition to a specific gaming state for each game time;
A process of determining, for each operation effect process, whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means on the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each game time. Production determination means (MPU51);
Effect execution means (MPU51) for executing one or more of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means;
With
The effect execution means is a case where the effect determination means determines to execute a plurality of the operation effect processes having different preset priorities for one game time, and a plurality of the operation effect processes. When the first operation effect process with the lower priority is executed first, the operation of the operation means is reflected in the second operation effect process with the higher priority than the first operation effect process. A gaming machine characterized by being capable.

  According to the gaming machine according to the supplementary note AL1, when the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game time, the effect process having a higher priority is selected. Can be executed. Note that the supplementary note AL1 is, for example, the content described in the twenty-third embodiment.

[Appendix AL2]
The first operation effect process is a notification operation effect process for displaying a predetermined message in response to a single operation of the operation means, and the second operation effect process is more than the notification operation effect process. When the priority operation is a single operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to one operation of the operation means,
The effect execution means is determined to execute the notification operation effect process and the single operation effect process by the effect determination means, and displays an effect result corresponding to the single operation effect process when the operation means is operated. A gaming machine described in the supplementary note AL1.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AL2, when the notification operation effect process and the single operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game time, the single operation effect process with the higher priority is selected. Can be executed.

[Appendix AL3]
The first operation effect process is a long press operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to a long press operation of the operation means, and the second operation effect process has a higher priority than the long press operation effect. When it is a single operation effect process that displays an effect result in response to a single operation of the operation means,
The effect execution means is determined to execute the single operation effect and the long press operation effect by the effect determination means, and displays an effect result corresponding to the single operation effect when the operation means is operated. A gaming machine according to AL1 or AL2.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AL3, when the long press operation effect process and the single operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game time, the single operation effect process with the higher priority is selected. Can be executed.

[Appendix AL4]
The first operation effect process is a repeated operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to the repeated operation of the operation means, and the second operation effect process has a higher priority than the repeated operation effect. When it is a single operation effect process for displaying the effect result according to one operation of the means,
The effect execution means is determined to execute the single operation effect and the continuous hit operation effect by the effect determination means, and when the operation means is operated, an additional result AL1 for displaying an effect result corresponding to the single operation effect. -A gaming machine according to any one of AL3.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AL4, when the continuous operation effect process and the single operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game time, the single operation effect process with the higher priority is selected. Can be executed.

[Appendix AL5]
The first operation effect process is a rhythm operation effect process in which an effect result is displayed according to the operation of the operation means at a plurality of predetermined timings. The second operation effect process is more than the rhythm operation effect. When the priority is a single operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to one operation of the operation means,
The effect execution means is determined to execute the single operation effect and the rhythm operation effect by the effect determination means, and when the operation means is operated, an additional result AL1 for displaying an effect result corresponding to the single operation effect. A gaming machine according to any one of -AL4.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AL5, when the rhythm operation effect process and the single operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game time, the single operation effect process with a higher priority is selected. Can be executed.

[Appendix AM1]
Operation means (operation button 22) operable by the player;
Main control means (MPU41) for executing main control of the game;
An effect determination that individually determines whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes that reflect the operation of the operation means according to a predetermined operation method in the effect display based on at least a control command output from the main control means Means (MPU51);
Effect execution means (MPU51) for executing one or a plurality of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means during a game corresponding to the control command;
With
The effect execution means executes a plurality of the operation effect processes in parallel according to a combination of the plurality of operation effect processes when the effect determination means determines to execute the plurality of operation effect processes. A gaming machine capable of selecting and executing a first effect mode and a second effect mode in which a plurality of the operation effect processes are not executed in parallel.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AM1, since the first presentation mode and the second presentation mode are selectively executed, the variation of the presentation in the game can be increased, and the interest of the gaming machine can be enhanced. Note that the supplementary note AM1 is, for example, the content described in the twenty-fourth embodiment.

[Appendix AM2]
In the case where it is determined that a plurality of the operation effect processes are to be executed by the effect determination unit for one game time, and the first effect mode is executed, the effect executing means is a plurality of the operation effects. Of the processes, the operation of the operation means is reflected in the operation effect process having a high priority set in advance, and the preset pseudo operation without the operation of the operation means is performed in the operation effect process of the low priority The gaming machine according to appendix AM1, which reflects the above.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AM2, the player recognizes that the player is not treated unfavorably in the second operation effect without operating the operation device, and the player of the operation device in the first operation effect does not Only the operation timing can be freely determined, and the interest of the game can be enhanced and the player's willingness to play can be improved.

[Appendix AM3]
In the plurality of operation effect processes, a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to one operation of the operation means and a message set in advance according to one operation of the operation means are displayed. Including a second operation effect process,
The effect execution means is a case where the effect determination means determines that the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are to be executed, and when the first effect mode is executed, the operation is performed once. The gaming machine according to appendix AM1 or AM2, wherein the operation of the means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AM3, one operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. it can.

[Appendix AM4]
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to a plurality of operations of the operation means or a long press operation of the operation means, and a single operation of the operation means. Including a second operation effect process for displaying a preset message,
The effect execution means is a case where it is determined by the effect determination means to execute the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and when the first effect mode is executed, The game according to Supplementary Note AM1 or AM2, in which the operation can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and the subsequent operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process. Machine.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AM4, the first operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. .

[Appendix AM5]
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to a plurality of operations of the operation means or a long press operation of the operation means, and a single operation of the operation means. Including a second operation effect process for displaying a preset message,
The effect execution means is a case where the effect determination means determines that the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are to be executed, and the first operation effect is executed when the first effect mode is executed. The operation of the operation means until immediately before the display of the effect result is reflected in the first operation effect process, and the operation of the operation means immediately before the display of the effect result of the first operation effect is reflected in the second operation effect process. The gaming machine according to appendix AM1 or AM2, which can be performed.

  According to the gaming machine according to Supplementary Note AM5, the first operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. .

4: Main control unit 5: Audio lamp control device 6: Display control device 61: MPU
611: ROM
612: RAM
62: Input / output I / F
7: Discharge control unit 8: Launch control device 9: Power supply control device 10: Game machine 11: Front frame 12: Inner frame 13: Back pack unit 14: Outer frame 21: Launch handle 22: Operation button (an example of operation means)
22a: Operation switch 26: Speaker 27: Illumination unit 341: Symbol display unit

Claims (4)

Operation means operable by the player;
Main control means for determining the presence or absence of transition to a specific gaming state for each game time;
Effect determining means for executing, for each game time, a process for determining whether or not to execute a continuous hit operation effect process for reflecting the continuous hit operation of the operation means on the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means;
An effect executing means capable of executing the repeated hitting operation effect process based on a determination result by the main control means when the effect determining means determines to execute the repeated hit operation effect process;
With
The effect execution means adds an added value corresponding to the operation of the operation means within a preset operation effective period as an operation value in the continuous hit operation effect processing, and sequentially displays images corresponding to the operation value. When the operation value reaches a predetermined value or more set in advance, the effect result of the continuous operation effect process is displayed, and a predetermined specific image among the images is continuously set in advance. A game machine characterized by starting the automatic addition of the operation value when it is displayed continuously for a time or more.   The effect execution means adds, as an operation value, an addition value corresponding to the operation of the operation means within a preset operation valid period in the continuous hit operation effect processing, and the operation value is equal to or greater than a preset specified value. When the operation means is operated during a specific period set in advance in the operation effective period, the operation value is automatically displayed. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein addition is started.   The gaming machine according to claim 2, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately before the end of the operation effective period.   The gaming machine according to claim 2, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately after the start of the operation effective period.

Images